Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the+old+north

  • 1 the Old North State

    амер.
    (the Old North State (тж. the Turpentine State))
    "старый северный штат" (или шутл. "скипидарный штат") ( прозвище штата Северная Каролина)

    Large English-Russian phrasebook > the Old North State

  • 2 Old North State

    • Old North State, The «старый северный штат», ласковое прозвище штата Северная Каролина, возникшего в результате деления Каролины на два штата: Северный и Южный

    США. Лингвострановедческий англо-русский словарь > Old North State

  • 3 ‘Old North State, The’

    «Старый северный штат» (гимн штата Северная Каролина, 1927)

    США. Лингвострановедческий англо-русский словарь > ‘Old North State, The’

  • 4 old

    oldAge
    A n
    1 ( old people) the old (+ v pl) les personnes fpl âgées ; old and young together jeunes et vieux ensemble ;
    2 ( earlier era) (in days) of old (au temps) jadis ; the knights of old les chevaliers d'antan ; I know him of old je le connais depuis longtemps.
    B olds npl ( parents) les vieux mpl ; my olds mes vieux.
    C adj
    1 (elderly, not young) vieux/vieille, âgé ; an old man un vieil homme, un vieillard ; old people les vieux ; older people les personnes âgées ; if I live to be old si je vis vieux ; to get ou grow old vieillir, se faire vieux/vieille ; to look old avoir l'air âgé ; old before one's time vieux avant l'âge ; grief has made her old before her time le chagrin l'a vieillie avant l'âge ; do you want old Mr Salter or young Mr Salter? est-ce que vous voulez le père ou le fils Salter? ;
    2 ( of a particular age) how old are you/is he? quel âge as-tu/a-t-il? ; no-one knows how old this tree is personne ne connaît l'âge de cet arbre ; she is 10 years old elle a 10 ans ; a six-year-old boy un garçon (âgé) de six ans ; a six-year old un enfant (âgé) de six ans ; when you were one year old quand tu avais un an ; this bread is a week old ce pain est vieux d'une semaine ; a centuries-old tradition une tradition vieille de plusieurs siècles ; to be as old as sb/as the century avoir le même âge que qn/que le siècle ; I'm older than you je suis plus âgé que toi ; she is 10 years older than him elle a 10 ans de plus que lui ; the north wing is 100 years older than the east wing l'aile nord a été construite 100 ans avant l'aile est ; my older brother/sister mon frère aîné/ma sœur aînée ; an older man/woman un homme/une femme plus âgé/-e ; the older children play here les grands jouent ici ; I'll tell you when you're older je te le dirai quand tu seras plus grand ; he's going to be handsome when he's older ce sera un beau jeune homme plus tard ; as you get older you learn what really matters en vieillissant on apprend ce qui est vraiment important ; I'm the oldest c'est moi l'aîné/-e ; the oldest person there was 18 la personne la plus âgée de l'assemblée avait 18 ans ; old enough to be your father/mother assez vieux/vieille pour être ton père/ta mère ; to be old enough to do être en âge de faire ; you're old enough to know better à ton âge tu devrais avoir plus de bon sens ; you're too old for silly games ces jeux stupides ne sont plus de ton âge ; he's too old for you il est trop vieux pour toi ; that dress is too old for you cette robe fait trop vieux pour toi ; to be old for one's age être mûr pour son âge ;
    3 ( not new) [garment, object, car, song, tradition, family] vieux/vieille ; [story, excuse] classique ; [joke] rebattu ; an old friend un vieil ami ; the old town la vieille ville ; an old firm une maison établie depuis longtemps ;
    4 (former, previous) [address, school, job, boss, admirer, system] ancien/-ienne (before n) ; there's our old house voilà notre ancienne maison ; where is her old confidence? où est passée son ancienne assurance? ; do you see much of the old crowd ? est-ce que tu en vois beaucoup de notre vieille bande ? ; in the old days autrefois, dans le temps ; just like old times comme au bon vieux temps ; in the good old days au bon vieux temps ;
    5 ( as term of affection) vieux/vieille ; there was old Jim il y avait ce bon vieux Jim ; there's old Fido voilà ce brave vieux Fido ; dear old Max ce cher vieux Max ; good old Jon! ce bon vieux Jon ! ; good old British weather! iron ce sacré climat anglais! ; hello, old chap/girl! salut, mon vieux/ma vieille ! ; how are you, you old devil ? ça va, vieux ? ;
    6 ( as intensifier) a right old battle/mess une sacrée bataille/pagaille ; they were having a high ou rare old time ils s'amusaient comme des fous ; just put them down any old how/where mets-les n'importe comment/où ; I don't want just any old doctor/any old car je ne veux pas de n'importe quel docteur/n'importe quelle voiture ; any old tie will do n'importe quelle cravate fera l'affaire. The irregular form vieil of the adjective vieux/vieille is used before masculine nouns beginning with a vowel or a mute ‘h’.

    Big English-French dictionary > old

  • 5 the

    ðə, ði
    (The form ðə is used before words beginning with a consonant eg the house or consonant sound eg the union ðə'ju:njən; the form ði is used before words beginning with a vowel eg the apple or vowel sound eg the honour ði 'onə)
    1) (used to refer to a person, thing etc mentioned previously, described in a following phrase, or already known: Where is the book I put on the table?; Who was the man you were talking to?; My mug is the tall blue one; Switch the light off!)
    2) (used with a singular noun or an adjective to refer to all members of a group etc or to a general type of object, group of objects etc: The horse is running fast.; I spoke to him on the telephone; He plays the piano/violin very well.)
    3) (used to refer to unique objects etc, especially in titles and names: the Duke of Edinburgh; the Atlantic (Ocean).)
    4) (used after a preposition with words referring to a unit of quantity, time etc: In this job we are paid by the hour.)
    5) (used with superlative adjectives and adverbs to denote a person, thing etc which is or shows more of something than any other: He is the kindest man I know; We like him (the) best of all.)
    6) ((often with all) used with comparative adjectives to show that a person, thing etc is better, worse etc: He has had a week's holiday and looks (all) the better for it.)
    - the...
    den
    --------
    det
    --------
    jo
    I
    determ. foran konsonant, ubetont: \/ħə\/, \/ħ\/, vokallyd, betont: \/ħɪ\/, i betydning 10: \/ħiː\/
    1) ( svarer til bestemt form) -en (hankjønn), -a (hunkjønn), -et (intetkjønn), -ene (flertall)
    can you see the old man?
    3) ( med substantivert adjektiv) den, det, de
    de holdt en gudstjeneste til minne om den\/de døde
    which river is the deepest?
    8) en, et
    he bought a car to the amount of £2000
    9) per
    they cost £10 the piece
    de koster £10 per stykk \/ de koster £10 stykket
    10) ( emfatisk) den berømte, den virkelige, den kjente
    are you the Mary Lewis?
    er du den kjente\/berømte Mary Lewis?
    han forklarete årsaken, men ikke den virkelige årsaken
    11) ( påpekende) den, det, de, maken til, for noe(n)
    the wretch!
    the idiots!
    II
    adv. foraonsonantlyd: \/ħə\/ eller \/ħ\/, foran vokallyd: \/ħɪ\/
    1) jo..., desto, jo..., jo
    jo før du går til sengs, jo bedre vil du føle deg
    2) desto
    all the better desto bedre
    none the wiser ikke (stort) klokere
    the sooner the better jo før, jo bedre

    English-Norwegian dictionary > the

  • 6 North Carolina

    [nɔ:rƟ ˏkærǝˊlaɪnǝ] Северная Каролина, штат на Юго-Востоке США <лат. Carol (Charles I), король Англии Карл I>. Сокращение: NC. Прозвища: «штат чернопяточников» [*Tarheel State], «старый северный» [*Old North State], «скипидарный штат» [Turpentine State]. Житель штата: северокаролинец [North Carolinian]. Столица: г. Роли [*Raleigh]. Девиз: «Лучше быть, чем казаться» (лат. *‘Esse quam videri’ ‘To be rather than to seem’). Цветок: кизил [dogwood]. Птица: кардинал [cardinal]. Дерево: сосна [pine]. Песня: «Старый северный» [‘Old North State, The’]. Площадь: 126387 кв. км (52,669 sq. mi.) (28- е место). Население (1992): св. 6,8 млн. (10- е место). Крупнейшие города: Шарлот [*Charlotte], Гринсборо [Greensboro], Уинстон-Сейлем [Winston-Salem], Роли [Raleigh], Дёрхам [Durham]. Экономика. Основные отрасли: текстильная промышленность, машиностроение, сельское хозяйство, табачные плантации, туризм. Основная продукция: текстиль, табачные изделия, машины, электрооборудование и электроника, продукция химической промышленности, мебель, продовольствие. Сельское хозяйство. Основные культуры: табак, соя, кукуруза, арахис, сладкий картофель, фуражные зерновые культуры, овощи, фрукты. Животноводство (1991): скота950 тыс., свиней — 3,6 млн., кур и цыплят — 19,3 млн. Лесное хозяйство: жёлтая сосна, дуб, орех-пекан, тополь, клён. Минералы: литий, фосфаты, глины, строительный песок и гравий. Рыболовство (1992): 57,5 млн. долл. История. Ранняя история Северной Каролины неразрывно связана с историей Южной Каролины: территория была поделена на две разные колонии только в 1712. В 1585 и 1587 сэр Уолтер Рэли [Raleigh, Walter] попытался основать колонию на о-ве Роаноки [Roanoke Island]. Хотя колония просуществовала всего лишь год, поселение, основанное Рэли, считается первой английской колонией в Америке. Первая группа колонистов вернулась в Англию, вторая бесследно исчезла при загадочных обстоятельствах (1587). Посёлок стали называть «Пропавшая колония» [Lost Colony]. Среди без вести пропавших была и Вирджиния Дэр [Dare, Virginia], первый ребёнок, родившийся у англичан-иммигрантов в Америке. Постоянные поселенцы пришли из Виргинии примерно в 1660. Возмущённые действиями британских властей, они в 1775 изгнали королевского губернатора. Конгресс Северной Каролины первым проголосовал за независимость, в армию Вашингтона было отправлено 10 полков. Английские войска ген. Корнуоллиса [Cornwallis] были разбиты у г. Кингс-Маунтин [Kings Mountain] в 1780 и выбиты за пределы штата после сражения у Гилдфорд-Кортхаус [Guildford Courthouse] (1781). В период с 1815 до 1835 Северную Каролину, в отличие от других штатов, прогресс обходил стороной, она как бы пребывала в спячке, и её называли «штатом Рип Ван Винкля» [*Rip Van Winkle State]. Во время Гражданской войны (186165) штат присоединился к Конфедерации. В 1950—60-е гг. штат стал крупным центром борьбы за гражданские права и десегрегацию. Достопримечательности: национальные заповедники «Мыс Хаттерас» [Cape Hatteras] и «Мыс Лукаут» [Cape Lookout]; Большие Дымные горы [*Great Smoky Mountains]; автострада вдоль хребта Блу-Ридж [*Blue Ridge National Parkway]; парки Гилдфорд-Кортхаус и Мурс-Крик [Moore’s Creek]; 66 исторических мест сражений времён Войны за независимость; местечко Беннет-Плейс к северо-западу от Дёрхама, где последняя армия южан под командованием ген. Джозефа Джонстона [Johnston, Joseph] сдалась ген. Шерману [*Sherman]; форт Рэли [Ft. Raleigh], о-в Роаноки [Roanoke Is.], где 18 августа 1587 родился первый ребёнок от английских родителей в Новом Свете Вирджиния Дэр [* Virginia Dare]; Музей братьев Райт [*Wright Brothers National Memorial] в Китти-Хок [*Kitty Hawk]; Музей Карла Сэндберга [*Carl Sandberg’s home]; зоопарк Северной Каролины в Эшборо [Asheboro]. Знаменитые северокаролинцы: Грэм, Билли [*Graham, William (Billy) Franklin], проповедник; Джексон, Эндрю [*Jackson, Andrew], 7-й президент США; Джонсон, Эндрю [*Johnson, Andrew], 17-й президент США; Джордан, Майкл [*Jordan, Michael], баскетболист; Медисон, Долли [*Madison, Dolly], жена Джеймса Медисона, 4-го президента США; Мурроу, Эдвард [*Murrow, Edward, R.], журналист; Полк, Джеймс [*Polk, James K.], 11-й президент США; Вулф, Томас [*Wolfe, Thomas], писатель. Ассоциации: «штат чернопяточников» прежде всего ассоциируется с конфедератами, стойко сражавшимися за сохранение рабства в США, и с живописными Дымными горами [*Smoky Mountains]; в памяти возникают тж. попытки сэра Уолтера Рэли [Raleigh] в конце XVI в. основать английские колонии в Америке и таинственно исчезнувшая первая колония [*Lost Colony]; штат «первого полёта» [*‘State of Flight’] — здесь братья Райт [*Wright, Orville and Wibur] впервые подняли в воздух аэроплан возле посёлка Китти-Хок [*Kitty Hawk] на мысе Хаттерас [*Cape Hatteras]; штат славится табачными плантациями, сборищами ку-клукс-клановцев, позорными судилищами над борцами за гражданские права негров; в Ашвилле [Ashville] находятся знаменитые «билтморские особняки» [Biltmore mansions], здесь снимался фильм «Находясь там» [‘Being There’] о президентских выборах в США; в Северной Каролине находится тж. знаменитая Пещера летучих мышей [Bats’ Cave]

    США. Лингвострановедческий англо-русский словарь > North Carolina

  • 7 North, Simeon

    SUBJECT AREA: Weapons and armour
    [br]
    b. 13 July 1765 Berlin, Connecticut, USA
    d. 25 August 1852 Middletown, Connecticut, USA
    [br]
    American manufacturer of small arms.
    [br]
    Like his father and grandfather, Simeon North began his working life as a farmer. In 1795 he started a business making scythes in an old mill adjoining his farm. He had apparently already been making some pistols for sale, and in March 1799 he secured his first government contract, for 500 horse-pistols to be delivered within one year. This was followed by further contracts for 1,500 in 1800, 2,000 in 1802, and others; by 1813 he had supplied at least 10,000 pistols and was employing forty or fifty men. In a contract for 20,000 pistols in 1813 there was a provision, which North himself recommended, that parts should be interchangeable. It is probable that he had employed the concept of interchangeability at least as early as his more famous contemporary Eli Whitney. To meet this contract he established a new factory at Middletown, Connecticut, but his original works at Berlin continued to be used until 1843. His last government order for pistols was in 1828, but from 1823 he obtained a series of contracts for rifles and carbines, with the last (1850) being completed in 1853, after his death. In developing machine tools to carry out these contracts, North was responsible for what was probably the earliest milling machine, albeit in a relatively primitive form, c. 1816 or even as early as 1808. In 1811 he was elected Lieutenant-Colonel of the 6th Connecticut Regiment; although he resigned after only two years, he was generally known thereafter as Colonel North.
    [br]
    Further Reading
    S.N.D.North and R.H.North, 1913, Simeon North: First Official Pistol Maker of the United States, Concord, NH (the fullest account).
    J.W.Roe, 1916, English and American Tool Builders, New Haven; reprinted 1926, New York, and 1987, Bradley, 111.
    Merrit Roe Smith, 1973, "John H.Hall, Simeon North, and the milling machine: the nature of innovation among antebellum arms makers", Technology and Culture 14:573–91.
    RTS

    Biographical history of technology > North, Simeon

  • 8 six of one and half a dozen of the other

    ((it is) six of one and half a dozen of the other (тж. сокр. six and half a dozen))
    это одно и то же, разница только в названии; ≈ что в лоб, что по лбу; один другого стоит; одного поля ягода

    His brother... is known to be no better than himself in inclination... In the old phrase it is six of one and half a dozen of the other... (R. L. Stevenson, ‘The Master of Ballantrae’, ch. IX) — Что касается склонностей, то его брат... ничуть не лучше, чем он сам... Они, как говорит старая пословица, одного поля ягода...

    ‘I know I can be jolly irritating. My mother always tells me that I'm the most annoying man she's ever met, bar my father.’ ‘I dare say it's six of one and half a dozen of the other,’ said Mrs North... (M. Dickens, ‘The Happy Prisoner’, ch. 8) — - Я знаю, что могу раздражать людей. Мать всегда говорила мне, что в этом отношении я уступаю только моему отцу. - Вы друг друга стоите, - заметила миссис Норт.

    Large English-Russian phrasebook > six of one and half a dozen of the other

  • 9 Devil's door (A small door in the north wall of some old churches)

    Религия: двери Диавола

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > Devil's door (A small door in the north wall of some old churches)

  • 10 state

    Large English-Russian phrasebook > state

  • 11 nördlich des alten Gebäudes

    Deutsch-Englisches Wörterbuch > nördlich des alten Gebäudes

  • 12 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 13 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 14 por

    prep.
    1 because of (causa).
    por mí no te preocupes don't worry about me
    ¿por qué? why?
    ¿por qué lo dijo? why did she say it?
    ¿por qué no vienes? why don't you come?
    ¿por? (informal) why?
    se enfadó por tu comportamiento she got angry because of your behavior
    lo hizo por amor he did it out of o for love
    2 (in order) to.
    lo hizo por complacerte he did it to please you
    lo hice por ella I did it for her
    3 by (medio, modo, agente).
    por mensajero/fax/teléfono by courier/fax/telephone
    estuvimos hablando por teléfono we were talking on the phone
    por escrito in writing
    lo cogieron por el brazo they took him by the arm
    el récord fue batido por el atleta the record was broken by the athlete
    4 through.
    vamos por aquí/allí let's go this/that way
    iba paseando por el bosque/la calle she was walking through the forest/along the street
    pasar por la aduana to go through customs
    5 for (a cambio de, en lugar de).
    lo ha comprado por poco dinero she bought it for very little
    cambió el coche por la moto he exchanged his car for a motorbike
    él lo hará por mí he'll do it for me
    6 per.
    mil unidades por semana a thousand units a o per week
    uno por uno one by one
    20 kms por hora 20 km an o per hour
    7 for.
    baja por tabaco go down to the shops for some cigarettes, go down to get some cigarettes
    a por for
    vino a por las entradas she came for the tickets
    8 times, multiplied by.
    * * *
    1 (gen) for
    2 (a través de) through, by
    3 (calle, carretera) along, down, up
    íbamos por la calle cuando... we were walking along the street when...
    4 (lugar aproximado) in, near, round
    5 (causa) because of
    6 (tiempo) at, for
    7 (medio) by
    10 (tras) by
    12 (a favor de) for, in favour of, US in favor of
    14 (en lugar de) instead of, in the place of
    15 (multiplicado por) times, multiplied by
    tres por cuatro, doce three fours are twelve, three times four is twelve
    16 por adjective que no matter how adjective
    por caro que sea, lo voy a comprar no matter how expensive it is I'm going to buy it
    por viejo que parezca funciona even though it looks old, it still works
    \
    estar por + inf (a punto de) to be on the point of + - ing
    estar por hacer to remain to be done, not to have been done yet
    por aquí around here
    por lo tanto therefore
    por lo visto apparently
    por más que + subjuntivo however much, no matter how much
    por mucho que + subjuntivo however much, no matter how much
    por mí as far as I am concerned
    ¿por qué? why?
    por supuesto of course
    por tanto therefore, so
    * * *
    prep.
    1) for
    3) by
    7) per
    8) from
    * * *
    PREPOSICIÓN
    1) [causa]
    a) + sustantivo because of

    nos encontramos por casualidadwe met by chance

    lo hago por gustoI do it because I like to

    por temor a — for fear of

    b) + infin
    c) + adj
    2) [objetivo]
    a) + sustantivo for
    b) + infin

    por no llegar tarde — so as not to arrive late, in order not to be late

    3) (=en favor, defensa de) for

    hazlo por mí — do it for me, do it for my sake

    4) [elección]
    5) [evidencia] judging by, judging from

    por lo que dicenjudging by o from what they say

    por la cara que pone no debe de gustarlejudging by o from his face I don't think he likes it

    por las señas no piensa hacerlo — apparently he's not intending to do it, it doesn't seem like he's intending to do it

    6) [medio]

    por correoby post

    por marby sea

    hablar por señasto use sign language

    7) [agente] by

    "dirigido por" — "directed by"

    8) [modo] by

    por orden alfabético — in alphabetical order

    9) [lugar]

    ¿por dónde? — which way?

    10) [aproximación]

    por aquí cercanear o around here

    por la feriaround about o around carnival time

    11) [tiempo]
    12) [duración] for
    13) [sustitución, intercambio] (=a cambio de) for; (=en lugar de) instead of
    14) [representación]

    interceder por algn — to intercede on sb's behalf, intercede for sb

    vino por su jefehe came instead of o in place of his boss

    15) [distribución]

    80km por hora80km per o an hour

    tres dólares por persona — three dollars each, three dollars per person

    16) [en multiplicaciones]

    cinco por tres, quince — five times three is fifteen, five threes are fifteen

    17) (=en cuanto a)

    por mí no hay inconvenientethat's fine as o so far as I'm concerned

    por mí, que se vaya — as o so far as I'm concerned he can go, for all I care he can go

    por mí, como si quieres pasar una semana sin comer — I don't care if you want to go for a week without eating

    si por mi fuera, tú estarías trabajando — if it were o was down to me, you'd be working

    18) (=como)

    tomar a algn por esposo/esposa — to take sb to be one's husband/wife

    le tienen por tontothey think he's stupid

    19) [concesión]
    + subjun

    por mucho que lo quisieran — however much they would like to, much as they would like to

    por más que lo intenteno matter how o however hard I try, try as I might

    20) [acción inacabada]
    + infin
    21) ir (a) por algo/algn (=en busca de) to go and get sth/sb

    voy a por él[a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him

    solo van a por las pelas* they're only in it for the money

    ¡a por ellos! — get them!

    22) [en preguntas]
    por qué why

    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

    ¿por? * why (do you ask)?
    * * *
    1) ( en relaciones causales) because of

    por falta de dinerobecause of o owing to lack of money

    si no fuera por mi hijo... — if it wasn't for my son...

    por + inf — for -ing

    2) ( según)

    por lo que parece... — it seems o it would seem...

    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

    por si — in case; acaso, mosca II

    por más que me esfuerzohowever hard o no matter how hard I try

    por (muy) fácil que seahowever easy o no matter how easy it is

    5)

    colócalos por orden de tamaño/altura — put them in order of size/height

    por avión/barco/carretera — by air/sea/road

    me enteré por un amigoI heard from o through a friend

    c) (Educ) from
    6)

    cobra $30 por clase — he charges $30 a o per class

    uno por uno — one by one; ciento II

    tres por cuatro (son) doce — three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

    7)
    a) (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación) for
    b) ( como)

    ¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? — do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?

    9) (expresando finalidad, objetivo)

    por + inf: daría cualquier cosa por verla — I'd give anything to see her

    por que + subj ( here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan — he was eager for them to listen to him

    10) (indicando consideración, favor) for
    11) (indicando inclinación, elección)

    salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan — he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread

    por mí que haga lo que quiera — as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

    por + inf: tengo la casa por limpiar — I've got the house to clean

    15) (esp AmL)

    estar por + inf — ( estar a punto de)

    16) (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria)

    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? — does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?

    ¿por dónde has venido? — which way did you come?

    ¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? — could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?

    17)

    ¿por dónde está or queda el hotel? — whereabouts is the hotel?

    ¿qué tal te fue por Londres? — how did you get on in London?

    por todos lados or por todas partes — everywhere

    voy por la página 15I'm up to o I'm on page 15

    pasa un trapo por el piso — give the floor a quick wipe; ver tb afuera, adentro, dentro, fuera, encima, etc

    por aquella época or por aquel entonces — at that time

    19) (Esp) ( indicando una ocasión) for
    20) ( durante) for

    por el momento or por ahora — for the time being o for now; ver tb mañana III, tarde II, noche

    * * *
    = across, along, around, because of, by, by, down, for the sake of, in connection with, in the gift of, on account of, on the grounds that/of, per, through, times, under, x, as a matter of, out of, through the agency of.
    Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.
    Ex. This means that a large number of messages can be combined together along the same line, giving economies of scales.
    Ex. I wouldn't expect you to be detailed in your report in terms of where the bookmible would stop around town and where you'd park it.
    Ex. This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.
    Ex. A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.
    Ex. Micrographic and computer technologies and their integration will become increasingly efficacious as agents for change with respect to the continued existence of the traditional 75 by 125 millimeter card.
    Ex. Some users find the format of KWIC indexes unacceptable, they find alphabetical arrangement by keywords down the centre of a page, and wrapped-round titles awkward.
    Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex. There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.
    Ex. Its notability is seen to lie in the fact that it has significantly broken the stranglehold upon postgraduate studentships in the gift of the Science and Engineering Research Council.
    Ex. Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.
    Ex. AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.
    Ex. Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.
    Ex. The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.
    Ex. 4 days times 30 cents per day = 120 cents.
    Ex. One of the outcomes of entry under title has been the proliferation of serials titles.
    Ex. Card catalogues or indexes comprise a set of cards often 5x3 inches (122x72 mm), with each entry on a separate card.
    Ex. Most drivers stop at stop signs: Some do under duress -- there may be a policeman concealed in nearby bushes, others as a matter of prudence -- a fast car with the right of way can be injurious.
    Ex. But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.
    Ex. This article argues that critical thinking, a long sought after goal in the US educational system, may be taught efficiently through the agency of library use instructions within the college environment.
    ----
    * actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.
    * aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).
    * aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.
    * búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.
    * coger por sorpresa = catch out.
    * Día + por la tarde = late + Día.
    * digamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * encontrar por casualidad = come across.
    * encuadernación por encargo = bespoke binding.
    * error por omisión = omission failure.
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * hecho por encargo = bespoke.
    * introducir por primera vez = pioneer.
    * leer por encima = browse.
    * llamar por teléfono = call up.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.
    * ordenado por fecha = in date order.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], skip over, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by.
    * pongamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * por accidente = accidentally.
    * por adelantado = advance, in advance (of), up-front [up front].
    * por ahí = out there.
    * por ahora = as of right now, as yet, at present, at the moment, at this point, for the present, for the time being, just yet, for now, at this time, as of now, at the present, by now, for the nonce.
    * por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.
    * por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.
    * por algún motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por algún tiempo = for sometime.
    * por allí = nearby [near-by].
    * por amor al arte = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por analogía = by analogy.
    * por anticipado = in advance (of).
    * por antonomasia = quintessential, unique.
    * por añadidura = in addition (to), on top of everything else.
    * por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.
    * por aquí = around here, nearby [near-by], round here.
    * por aquí y por allí = hanging about.
    * por así decir = as it were.
    * por boca de = by word of mouth.
    * por bondad = out of the goodness of + Posesivo + heart.
    * por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por cabeza = per person.
    * por cable = wireline, corded.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por capas = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], layered, tiered.
    * por casualidad = by chance, coincidentally, fortuitously, by accident, by happenstance, happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo, accidentally, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por chiripa = by chance, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).
    * por cierto = coincidentally, incidentally, by the way, anecdotally, by the by(e), speaking of which.
    * por coincidencia = by coincidence.
    * por comodidad = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por completo = fully.
    * por confirmar = to be announced, to be confirmed.
    * por consideración a = out of respect for.
    * por consideración a = out of consideration for.
    * por consiguiente = consequently, then, thence, by implication, therefore.
    * por contra = in contrast.
    * por conveniencia = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por correo = by post, mailed.
    * por cortesía de = courtesy of.
    * por cualquier motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.
    * por cuanto que = because.
    * por cuenta ajena = vicariously.
    * por cuenta de uno = privately.
    * por cuenta propia = freelance, self-employed, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por cuenta y riesgo de Uno = at + Posesivo + peril.
    * por curiosidad = out of curiosity.
    * por debajo de = below, beneath, underneath.
    * por debajo de + Cantidad = under + Cantidad.
    * por debajo de cero = sub-zero, below-freezing.
    * por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * por debajo de la media = sub-par, below-average.
    * por debajo de las posibilidades = below + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * por debajo de lo normal = below-normal.
    * por debajo de lo óptimo = sub-optimal [suboptimal].
    * por debajo del peso nomral = underweight.
    * por décadas = ten-yearly.
    * por decidir = to be decided.
    * por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.
    * por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por defecto = by default, default.
    * por deferencia a = in deference to.
    * por definición = by definition.
    * por delante = ahead.
    * por delante de = ahead of.
    * por delante de la competencia = ahead of the game.
    * por delante y por detrás = front and back.
    * por dentro = inwardly.
    * por desgracia = unfortunately, sadly, unhappily, disappointingly.
    * por despecho = spitefully, out of spite.
    * ¡por dios! = in heaven's name, for God's sake, gosh.
    * ¡por Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por diversión = for sport, for fun, (just) for the hell of (doing) it, for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por divertirse = for kicks.
    * por doquier = all around.
    * por dos años = two-year.
    * por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.
    * por (el) amor a = for the love of.
    * ¡por el amor de Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el contrario = by contrast, conversely, however, in contrast, instead, on the contrary, by way of contrast, to the contrary, quite the opposite, by comparison, contrariwise, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * por el cual = whereby, whereupon.
    * por el detalle = for detail.
    * por el día = by day, daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night, night and day.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por el gobierno = governmentally + Adjetivo.
    * por el gobierno federal = federally.
    * por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.
    * por el hombre = humanly.
    * por ello = on this basis, on that basis, accordingly.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el método de ensayo y error = by trial and error, trial and error.
    * por el modo = by the way.
    * por el momento = for the time being, momentarily, at the moment, for the nonce, for the present.
    * por el placer de hacerlo = (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * por el receptor = at the receiving end.
    * por el sexo = gendered.
    * por encargo = custom, bespoke.
    * por encima = overhead, cursorily.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la media = above average.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * por ende = thereby, accordingly, therefore.
    * por enfado = out of anger.
    * por enojo = out of anger.
    * por error = by mistake.
    * por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.
    * por escrito = in writing, in print, written.
    * por eso = on that score, therefore.
    * por eso que = hence.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por esta única razón = for this reason alone.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * por etapas = staged.
    * por excelencia = par excellence, quintessential, unique.
    * por exceso = excessively, to excess.
    * por explotar = untapped.
    * por + Expresión Temporal = by the + Expresión Temporal.
    * por extensión = by extension.
    * por extenso = in full, at length.
    * por falta de = for want of, for lack of.
    * por fases = staged.
    * por favor = please.
    * por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * por frustración = out of frustration.
    * por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.
    * por grupos = in batches.
    * por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por hora = hourly.
    * por horas = on an hourly basis.
    * por igual = alike, on an equitable basis, equally, in equal measure(s).
    * por imitación = copycat.
    * por incremento gradual = incremental.
    * por incrementos graduales = incrementally.
    * por individuo = per capita, per person.
    * por iniciativa de = at the instigation of, under the auspices of.
    * por instinto = instinctively.
    * por interés = out of interest.
    * por interés personal = self-interested.
    * por investigar = unresearched.
    * por invitación = invitational.
    * por invitación de = at the invitation of.
    * por la borda = overboard.
    * por la cantidad de + Número = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por la forma = by the way.
    * por la friolera de + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * por la fuerza = forcibly.
    * por la mala fortuna = by ill fate.
    * por la mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por la manera = by the way.
    * por la mañana = in the morning.
    * por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.
    * por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.
    * por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * por la presente = hereby.
    * por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.
    * por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.
    * por las nubes = soaring.
    * por la tarde = in the evening.
    * por ley = mandated.
    * por libre = freelance.
    * por línea telefónica = over the telephone line.
    * por lo general = on the whole, all in all, in general, generally, generally speaking, in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * por lo pronto = for the time being.
    * por lo que = so.
    * por lo que concierne a = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, so far as + Nombre + be concerned.
    * por lo que concierne a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por lo que es = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que incumbe a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.
    * por lo que se refiere a = moving on to.
    * por lo que son = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.
    * por los pelos = by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, close call, close shave.
    * por los siguientes motivos = on the following counts.
    * por los suelos = in tatters.
    * por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por lo visto = apparently, apparently.
    * por mala fortuna = unfortunately, unhappily, sadly.
    * por mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by a stroke of bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por materias = subject-based, topically.
    * por mecionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention only a few.
    * por medio = out of.
    * por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of, through the agency of.
    * por medio de isótopos = isotopically.
    * por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.
    * por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to name only some.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por menús = menu-driven.
    * por méritos = meritorious.
    * por mes = per month.
    * por miedo de = for fear of/that.
    * por millones = in the millions, by the millions.
    * por mor de = because of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * por motivo de = in the interest(s) of.
    * por motivos de = for the sake of, on grounds.
    * por motivos de + Nombre = for + Nombre's sake.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + que + Subjuntivo = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + Verbo.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + que sea = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio.
    * por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.
    * por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por naturaleza = by nature, by definition, characteristically, natural-born, naturally, inherently.
    * por necesidad = of necessity, out of necessity.
    * por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.
    * por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por no decir nunca = if ever.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por nombrar (sólo) + Número = to name (only) + Número.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por + Nombre = on a + Adjetivo + basis.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * por norma = as a rule.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * por orden de = mandated.
    * por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.
    * por orden de llegada = on a first come first served basis.
    * por orden numérico = in numerical order.
    * por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.
    * por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * por parejas = in pairs.
    * por parte de = on the part of.
    * por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por pereza = lazily.
    * por + Período de Tiempo = for + Expresión Temporal.
    * por persona = per person.
    * por placer = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por poco dinero = cheaply.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * por + Posesivo + cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.
    * por principio = on principle.
    * por principios = as a matter of principle.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por pura curiosidad = just out of interest, (just) as a mater of interest.
    * por pura diversión = for kicks.
    * por puro entretenimiento = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por puro placer = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por qué = why.
    * por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * por razones de = for the sake of.
    * por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.
    * por razones éticas = on moral grounds.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * por razones personales = for personal reasons.
    * por + Reflexivo + cuenta = for + Reflexivo.
    * por rencor = out of spite.
    * por respeto a = out of respect for, out of consideration for.
    * por rumores = grapevine.
    * por rutina = routinely.
    * por sacos = by the sackful.
    * por satélite = satellite-based.
    * por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.
    * por seguridad = for safety reasons.
    * por semana = per week.
    * por separado = at different times, in isolation, separately, singly.
    * por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.
    * por sexo = along gender lines.
    * por si = in the chance that.
    * por si acaso = in case of, on the off chance, just in case, on spec, for good measure.
    * por si casualidad = in the chance that.
    * por si era poco = for good measure.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * por si hace falta consultarlo en el futuro = for future reference.
    * por si las moscas = just in case, on spec.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, in + Posesivo + own right, itself, unto + Reflexivo, in and of + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por simple curiosidad = (just) as a mater of interest, just out of interest.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * por sí solo = by itself, for its/their own sake, on its own, in and of + Reflexivo, in itself.
    * por sí solos = by themselves, in themselves.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * por sorpresa = unawares.
    * por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.
    * por suerte = luckily, fortunately, happily.
    * por suerte o por desgracia = for better or (for) worse, by luck or misfortune.
    * por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.
    * por su papel = in its role.
    * por su parte = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * por su propio derecho = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por supuesto = of course, surely, to be sure, certainly.
    * ¡por supuesto que no! = heaven forbid, heaven forbid.
    * por suscripción = subscriber + Nombre.
    * por su volatilidad = mercurially.
    * por su volubilidad = mercurially.
    * por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por teléfono = on the telephone, by tele(phone), over the phone, over the telephone.
    * por temas = topically.
    * por temor a = for fear of/that.
    * por temor a represalias = under duress.
    * por término medio = on average.
    * por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].
    * por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.
    * por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * por toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.
    * por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.
    * por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * por todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * por todo el gobierno = government-wide.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * por todo el servicio = service-wide.
    * por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.
    * por todo + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.
    * por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.
    * por todos conocido = well-known.
    * por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * por todos sitios = everywhere.
    * por triplicado = in triplicate.
    * por trueque = in kind.
    * por turnos = on a rotating basis, on a rota basis, on a rota system, on a rota.
    * por última vez = for the last time, one last time.
    * por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.
    * por unanimidad = unanimously.
    * por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un gran margen = by a huge margin.
    * por un gustazo, un trancazo = a kingdom for a kiss.
    * por unidad = per unit.
    * por un lado = for one, on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * por un momento = for a moment.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * por unos momentos = for a few moments, for a short time.
    * por uno solo = solo.
    * por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.
    * por un tiempo = for a time.
    * por un tiempo indefinido = for an indefinite time to come, for indefinite time.
    * por valor de + Cantidad = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.
    * por varios motivos = for a number of reasons.
    * por venganza = out of spite.
    * por voluntad propia = voluntarily.
    * quedar por ver = remain + to be seen.
    * tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.
    * transporte por tierra = land transport.
    * utilizar por primera vez = pioneer.
    * venta al por mayor = wholesaling.
    * * *
    1) ( en relaciones causales) because of

    por falta de dinerobecause of o owing to lack of money

    si no fuera por mi hijo... — if it wasn't for my son...

    por + inf — for -ing

    2) ( según)

    por lo que parece... — it seems o it would seem...

    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

    por si — in case; acaso, mosca II

    por más que me esfuerzohowever hard o no matter how hard I try

    por (muy) fácil que seahowever easy o no matter how easy it is

    5)

    colócalos por orden de tamaño/altura — put them in order of size/height

    por avión/barco/carretera — by air/sea/road

    me enteré por un amigoI heard from o through a friend

    c) (Educ) from
    6)

    cobra $30 por clase — he charges $30 a o per class

    uno por uno — one by one; ciento II

    tres por cuatro (son) doce — three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

    7)
    a) (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación) for
    b) ( como)

    ¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? — do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?

    9) (expresando finalidad, objetivo)

    por + inf: daría cualquier cosa por verla — I'd give anything to see her

    por que + subj ( here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan — he was eager for them to listen to him

    10) (indicando consideración, favor) for
    11) (indicando inclinación, elección)

    salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan — he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread

    por mí que haga lo que quiera — as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

    por + inf: tengo la casa por limpiar — I've got the house to clean

    15) (esp AmL)

    estar por + inf — ( estar a punto de)

    16) (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria)

    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? — does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?

    ¿por dónde has venido? — which way did you come?

    ¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? — could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?

    17)

    ¿por dónde está or queda el hotel? — whereabouts is the hotel?

    ¿qué tal te fue por Londres? — how did you get on in London?

    por todos lados or por todas partes — everywhere

    voy por la página 15I'm up to o I'm on page 15

    pasa un trapo por el piso — give the floor a quick wipe; ver tb afuera, adentro, dentro, fuera, encima, etc

    por aquella época or por aquel entonces — at that time

    19) (Esp) ( indicando una ocasión) for
    20) ( durante) for

    por el momento or por ahora — for the time being o for now; ver tb mañana III, tarde II, noche

    * * *
    = across, along, around, because of, by, by, down, for the sake of, in connection with, in the gift of, on account of, on the grounds that/of, per, through, times, under, x, as a matter of, out of, through the agency of.

    Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

    Ex: This means that a large number of messages can be combined together along the same line, giving economies of scales.
    Ex: I wouldn't expect you to be detailed in your report in terms of where the bookmible would stop around town and where you'd park it.
    Ex: This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.
    Ex: A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.
    Ex: Micrographic and computer technologies and their integration will become increasingly efficacious as agents for change with respect to the continued existence of the traditional 75 by 125 millimeter card.
    Ex: Some users find the format of KWIC indexes unacceptable, they find alphabetical arrangement by keywords down the centre of a page, and wrapped-round titles awkward.
    Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex: There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.
    Ex: Its notability is seen to lie in the fact that it has significantly broken the stranglehold upon postgraduate studentships in the gift of the Science and Engineering Research Council.
    Ex: Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.
    Ex: AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.
    Ex: Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.
    Ex: The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.
    Ex: 4 days times 30 cents per day = 120 cents.
    Ex: One of the outcomes of entry under title has been the proliferation of serials titles.
    Ex: Card catalogues or indexes comprise a set of cards often 5x3 inches (122x72 mm), with each entry on a separate card.
    Ex: Most drivers stop at stop signs: Some do under duress -- there may be a policeman concealed in nearby bushes, others as a matter of prudence -- a fast car with the right of way can be injurious.
    Ex: But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.
    Ex: This article argues that critical thinking, a long sought after goal in the US educational system, may be taught efficiently through the agency of library use instructions within the college environment.
    * actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.
    * aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).
    * aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.
    * búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.
    * coger por sorpresa = catch out.
    * Día + por la tarde = late + Día.
    * digamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * encontrar por casualidad = come across.
    * encuadernación por encargo = bespoke binding.
    * error por omisión = omission failure.
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * hecho por encargo = bespoke.
    * introducir por primera vez = pioneer.
    * leer por encima = browse.
    * llamar por teléfono = call up.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.
    * ordenado por fecha = in date order.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], skip over, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by.
    * pongamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * por accidente = accidentally.
    * por adelantado = advance, in advance (of), up-front [up front].
    * por ahí = out there.
    * por ahora = as of right now, as yet, at present, at the moment, at this point, for the present, for the time being, just yet, for now, at this time, as of now, at the present, by now, for the nonce.
    * por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.
    * por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.
    * por algún motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por algún tiempo = for sometime.
    * por allí = nearby [near-by].
    * por amor al arte = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por analogía = by analogy.
    * por anticipado = in advance (of).
    * por antonomasia = quintessential, unique.
    * por añadidura = in addition (to), on top of everything else.
    * por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.
    * por aquí = around here, nearby [near-by], round here.
    * por aquí y por allí = hanging about.
    * por así decir = as it were.
    * por boca de = by word of mouth.
    * por bondad = out of the goodness of + Posesivo + heart.
    * por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por cabeza = per person.
    * por cable = wireline, corded.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por capas = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], layered, tiered.
    * por casualidad = by chance, coincidentally, fortuitously, by accident, by happenstance, happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo, accidentally, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por chiripa = by chance, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).
    * por cierto = coincidentally, incidentally, by the way, anecdotally, by the by(e), speaking of which.
    * por coincidencia = by coincidence.
    * por comodidad = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por completo = fully.
    * por confirmar = to be announced, to be confirmed.
    * por consideración a = out of respect for.
    * por consideración a = out of consideration for.
    * por consiguiente = consequently, then, thence, by implication, therefore.
    * por contra = in contrast.
    * por conveniencia = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por correo = by post, mailed.
    * por cortesía de = courtesy of.
    * por cualquier motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.
    * por cuanto que = because.
    * por cuenta ajena = vicariously.
    * por cuenta de uno = privately.
    * por cuenta propia = freelance, self-employed, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por cuenta y riesgo de Uno = at + Posesivo + peril.
    * por curiosidad = out of curiosity.
    * por debajo de = below, beneath, underneath.
    * por debajo de + Cantidad = under + Cantidad.
    * por debajo de cero = sub-zero, below-freezing.
    * por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * por debajo de la media = sub-par, below-average.
    * por debajo de las posibilidades = below + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * por debajo de lo normal = below-normal.
    * por debajo de lo óptimo = sub-optimal [suboptimal].
    * por debajo del peso nomral = underweight.
    * por décadas = ten-yearly.
    * por decidir = to be decided.
    * por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.
    * por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por defecto = by default, default.
    * por deferencia a = in deference to.
    * por definición = by definition.
    * por delante = ahead.
    * por delante de = ahead of.
    * por delante de la competencia = ahead of the game.
    * por delante y por detrás = front and back.
    * por dentro = inwardly.
    * por desgracia = unfortunately, sadly, unhappily, disappointingly.
    * por despecho = spitefully, out of spite.
    * ¡por dios! = in heaven's name, for God's sake, gosh.
    * ¡por Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por diversión = for sport, for fun, (just) for the hell of (doing) it, for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por divertirse = for kicks.
    * por doquier = all around.
    * por dos años = two-year.
    * por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.
    * por (el) amor a = for the love of.
    * ¡por el amor de Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el contrario = by contrast, conversely, however, in contrast, instead, on the contrary, by way of contrast, to the contrary, quite the opposite, by comparison, contrariwise, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * por el cual = whereby, whereupon.
    * por el detalle = for detail.
    * por el día = by day, daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night, night and day.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por el gobierno = governmentally + Adjetivo.
    * por el gobierno federal = federally.
    * por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.
    * por el hombre = humanly.
    * por ello = on this basis, on that basis, accordingly.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el método de ensayo y error = by trial and error, trial and error.
    * por el modo = by the way.
    * por el momento = for the time being, momentarily, at the moment, for the nonce, for the present.
    * por el placer de hacerlo = (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * por el receptor = at the receiving end.
    * por el sexo = gendered.
    * por encargo = custom, bespoke.
    * por encima = overhead, cursorily.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la media = above average.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * por ende = thereby, accordingly, therefore.
    * por enfado = out of anger.
    * por enojo = out of anger.
    * por error = by mistake.
    * por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.
    * por escrito = in writing, in print, written.
    * por eso = on that score, therefore.
    * por eso que = hence.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por esta única razón = for this reason alone.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * por etapas = staged.
    * por excelencia = par excellence, quintessential, unique.
    * por exceso = excessively, to excess.
    * por explotar = untapped.
    * por + Expresión Temporal = by the + Expresión Temporal.
    * por extensión = by extension.
    * por extenso = in full, at length.
    * por falta de = for want of, for lack of.
    * por fases = staged.
    * por favor = please.
    * por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * por frustración = out of frustration.
    * por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.
    * por grupos = in batches.
    * por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por hora = hourly.
    * por horas = on an hourly basis.
    * por igual = alike, on an equitable basis, equally, in equal measure(s).
    * por imitación = copycat.
    * por incremento gradual = incremental.
    * por incrementos graduales = incrementally.
    * por individuo = per capita, per person.
    * por iniciativa de = at the instigation of, under the auspices of.
    * por instinto = instinctively.
    * por interés = out of interest.
    * por interés personal = self-interested.
    * por investigar = unresearched.
    * por invitación = invitational.
    * por invitación de = at the invitation of.
    * por la borda = overboard.
    * por la cantidad de + Número = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por la forma = by the way.
    * por la friolera de + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * por la fuerza = forcibly.
    * por la mala fortuna = by ill fate.
    * por la mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por la manera = by the way.
    * por la mañana = in the morning.
    * por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.
    * por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.
    * por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * por la presente = hereby.
    * por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.
    * por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.
    * por las nubes = soaring.
    * por la tarde = in the evening.
    * por ley = mandated.
    * por libre = freelance.
    * por línea telefónica = over the telephone line.
    * por lo general = on the whole, all in all, in general, generally, generally speaking, in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * por lo pronto = for the time being.
    * por lo que = so.
    * por lo que concierne a = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, so far as + Nombre + be concerned.
    * por lo que concierne a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por lo que es = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que incumbe a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.
    * por lo que se refiere a = moving on to.
    * por lo que son = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.
    * por los pelos = by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, close call, close shave.
    * por los siguientes motivos = on the following counts.
    * por los suelos = in tatters.
    * por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por lo visto = apparently, apparently.
    * por mala fortuna = unfortunately, unhappily, sadly.
    * por mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by a stroke of bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por materias = subject-based, topically.
    * por mecionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention only a few.
    * por medio = out of.
    * por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of, through the agency of.
    * por medio de isótopos = isotopically.
    * por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.
    * por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to name only some.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por menús = menu-driven.
    * por méritos = meritorious.
    * por mes = per month.
    * por miedo de = for fear of/that.
    * por millones = in the millions, by the millions.
    * por mor de = because of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * por motivo de = in the interest(s) of.
    * por motivos de = for the sake of, on grounds.
    * por motivos de + Nombre = for + Nombre's sake.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + que + Subjuntivo = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + Verbo.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + que sea = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio.
    * por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.
    * por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por naturaleza = by nature, by definition, characteristically, natural-born, naturally, inherently.
    * por necesidad = of necessity, out of necessity.
    * por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.
    * por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por no decir nunca = if ever.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por nombrar (sólo) + Número = to name (only) + Número.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por + Nombre = on a + Adjetivo + basis.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * por norma = as a rule.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * por orden de = mandated.
    * por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.
    * por orden de llegada = on a first come first served basis.
    * por orden numérico = in numerical order.
    * por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.
    * por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * por parejas = in pairs.
    * por parte de = on the part of.
    * por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por pereza = lazily.
    * por + Período de Tiempo = for + Expresión Temporal.
    * por persona = per person.
    * por placer = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por poco dinero = cheaply.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * por + Posesivo + cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.
    * por principio = on principle.
    * por principios = as a matter of principle.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por pura curiosidad = just out of interest, (just) as a mater of interest.
    * por pura diversión = for kicks.
    * por puro entretenimiento = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por puro placer = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por qué = why.
    * por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * por razones de = for the sake of.
    * por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.
    * por razones éticas = on moral grounds.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * por razones personales = for personal reasons.
    * por + Reflexivo + cuenta = for + Reflexivo.
    * por rencor = out of spite.
    * por respeto a = out of respect for, out of consideration for.
    * por rumores = grapevine.
    * por rutina = routinely.
    * por sacos = by the sackful.
    * por satélite = satellite-based.
    * por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.
    * por seguridad = for safety reasons.
    * por semana = per week.
    * por separado = at different times, in isolation, separately, singly.
    * por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.
    * por sexo = along gender lines.
    * por si = in the chance that.
    * por si acaso = in case of, on the off chance, just in case, on spec, for good measure.
    * por si casualidad = in the chance that.
    * por si era poco = for good measure.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * por si hace falta consultarlo en el futuro = for future reference.
    * por si las moscas = just in case, on spec.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, in + Posesivo + own right, itself, unto + Reflexivo, in and of + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por simple curiosidad = (just) as a mater of interest, just out of interest.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * por sí solo = by itself, for its/their own sake, on its own, in and of + Reflexivo, in itself.
    * por sí solos = by themselves, in themselves.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * por sorpresa = unawares.
    * por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.
    * por suerte = luckily, fortunately, happily.
    * por suerte o por desgracia = for better or (for) worse, by luck or misfortune.
    * por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.
    * por su papel = in its role.
    * por su parte = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * por su propio derecho = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por supuesto = of course, surely, to be sure, certainly.
    * ¡por supuesto que no! = heaven forbid, heaven forbid.
    * por suscripción = subscriber + Nombre.
    * por su volatilidad = mercurially.
    * por su volubilidad = mercurially.
    * por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por teléfono = on the telephone, by tele(phone), over the phone, over the telephone.
    * por temas = topically.
    * por temor a = for fear of/that.
    * por temor a represalias = under duress.
    * por término medio = on average.
    * por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].
    * por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.
    * por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * por toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.
    * por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.
    * por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * por todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * por todo el gobierno = government-wide.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * por todo el servicio = service-wide.
    * por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.
    * por todo + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.
    * por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.
    * por todos conocido = well-known.
    * por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * por todos sitios = everywhere.
    * por triplicado = in triplicate.
    * por trueque = in kind.
    * por turnos = on a rotating basis, on a rota basis, on a rota system, on a rota.
    * por última vez = for the last time, one last time.
    * por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.
    * por unanimidad = unanimously.
    * por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un gran margen = by a huge margin.
    * por un gustazo, un trancazo = a kingdom for a kiss.
    * por unidad = per unit.
    * por un lado = for one, on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * por un momento = for a moment.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * por unos momentos = for a few moments, for a short time.
    * por uno solo = solo.
    * por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.
    * por un tiempo = for a time.
    * por un tiempo indefinido = for an indefinite time to come, for indefinite time.
    * por valor de + Cantidad = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.
    * por varios motivos = for a number of reasons.
    * por venganza = out of spite.
    * por voluntad propia = voluntarily.
    * quedar por ver = remain + to be seen.
    * tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.
    * transporte por tierra = land transport.
    * utilizar por primera vez = pioneer.
    * venta al por mayor = wholesaling.

    * * *
    A en relaciones causales
    B según
    C ¿por qué?
    D en locuciones
    E en expresiones concesivas
    F
    1 en expresiones de modo
    2 indicando el medio
    3 Educación
    G
    1 en relaciones de proporción
    2 en multiplicaciones
    H
    1 en relaciones de sustitución etc
    2 por ejemplo
    I como
    A al expresar finalidad, objetivo
    B indicando consideración, favor
    C indicando inclinación, elección
    D en busca de
    E en lo que respecta a
    F indicando una situación pendiente
    G estar por
    A indicando lugar de acceso, salida
    B
    C expresando lugar determinado
    D indicando extensión
    A expresando tiempo aproximado
    B indicando una ocasión
    C durante
    he puesto esto aquí por el gato I've put this here because of the cat
    nunca se lo dijo por miedo a perderla he never told her out of fear of losing her o because he was afraid of losing her
    eso te pasa por crédulo that's what you get for being (so) gullible
    lo conseguimos por él we got it thanks to him
    ella es así por naturaleza she's like that by nature
    lo hace por necesidad he does it out of necessity
    no se acabó por falta de dinero it wasn't finished for o because of o owing to lack of money
    el final no por conocido me resulta menos triste knowing how it ends doesn't make it any less sad
    por su alto contenido en proteínas because of o owing to its high protein content
    tanto por su precio como por su practicidad both for its price and its practical design
    fue por eso por lo que no te llamé or fue por eso que no te llamé that was the reason o that was why I didn't call you
    precisamente por eso no dije nada that's precisely why I didn't say anything
    la muerte se produjo por asfixia he suffocated, death was caused by suffocation ( frml)
    éste serviría si no fuera por el color this one would do if it weren't for the color
    fue elogiado por su excelente actuación he was praised for his excellent performance
    por + INF for -ING
    me pidió perdón por haberme mentido he apologized for lying o for having lied to me
    B (según) from
    por lo que he oído from what I've heard
    por lo que parece no va a volver it seems o it would seem he's not coming back
    por mi experiencia diría que … from my experience, I would say that …
    C ( fam):
    ¿por? why?
    ¿con quién vas? — con Daniel ¿por? who are you going with? — with Daniel, why? o why do you want to know?
    ¿por qué lloras? why are you crying?
    ¿por qué no vienes a almorzar a casa? why don't you come to my house for lunch?
    por si in case
    llévate una muda, por si tuvieras que quedarte take a change of clothes (just) in case you have to stay
    acaso, mosca2 (↑ mosca (2))
    por más que me esfuerzo me sigue saliendo mal no matter how hard I try o however hard I try, I still can't get it right
    (+ subj): por (muy) fácil que se lo pongan, no creo que lo sepa hacer however easy o no matter how easy they make it for him I don't think he'll be able to do it
    F
    1
    (en expresiones de modo): clasifícalos por tamaño classify them according to size o by size
    colóquense por orden de altura line up in order of height
    por adelantado in advance
    por escrito in writing
    2
    (indicando el medio): se lo comunicaron por teléfono they told him over the phone
    lo dijeron por la radio they said it on the radio
    lo mandaron por avión/barco they sent it by air/sea
    por carretera by road
    la conocí por la voz I recognized the o her voice, I recognized her by her voice
    me enteré por un amigo I heard from o through a friend
    lo intenté por todos los medios I tried everything possible o every possible way
    es doctor honoris causa por Oxford he has an honorary doctorate from Oxford
    un graduado en ciencias políticas por la universidad de Granada a graduate in political science from the university of Granada
    G
    1
    (en relaciones de proporción): cobra $30 por clase he charges $30 a o per class
    120 kilómetros por hora 120 kilometers an o per hour
    lo venden por metro they sell it by the meter
    tú comes por tres you eat enough for three people
    había un hombre por cada dos mujeres there was one man to every two women
    tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho it's three meters long by one meter wide
    ya hemos hecho bastante por hoy we've done enough for today
    los hizo entrar uno por uno she made them come in one by one o one at a time
    examinar un escrito punto por punto to go through a document point by point
    ciento2 (↑ ciento (2))
    (en multiplicaciones): tres por cuatro (son) doce three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve
    H
    1
    (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación): su secretaria firmó por él his secretary signed for him o on his behalf
    yo puedo ir por ti I can go for you o in your place
    por toda respuesta se encogió de hombros all he did was shrug his shoulders
    tú podrías pasar por inglesa you could pass as English o for an Englishwoman
    te dan uno nuevo por dos viejos they give you one new one in exchange for two old ones
    es senador por Canarias he's a senator for the Canary Islands
    2
    (como): por ejemplo for example
    ¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?
    un lugar frecuentado por muchos famosos a place frequented by many famous people
    se vieron sorprendidos por una tormenta they were caught in a sudden storm
    la ocupación de la fábrica por (parte de) los obreros the occupation of the factory by the workers
    ver tb parte2 f B. (↑ parte (2))
    A
    (al expresar finalidad, objetivo): se estaban peleando por la pelota they were fighting over the ball
    lo hace por el dinero he does it for the money
    te lo digo por tu bien I'm telling you for your own good
    por + INF:
    daría cualquier cosa por verte contento I'd give anything to see you happy
    no entré por no molestar I didn't go in so as not to disturb him o because I didn't want to disturb him
    eso es hablar por hablar that's talking for the sake of talking o for the sake of it
    estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan he was eager for them to listen to him
    recemos por que lleguen a un acuerdo let's pray that they'll come to an agreement
    siguieron luchando por que se hiciera justicia they continued fighting for justice to be done
    B
    (indicando consideración, favor): haría cualquier cosa por ti I'd do anything for you
    intercede por nosotros intercede for us
    por mí no lo hagas don't do it just for me o for my sake
    C
    (indicando inclinación, elección): su amor por la música her love of music
    demostró gran interés por el cuadro he showed great interest in the painting
    no siento nada por él I don't feel anything for him
    opté por no ir I chose not to go
    votó por ella he voted for her
    ¿por la afirmativa? all those in favor?
    se manifestaron por el derecho al aborto they demonstrated for the right to abortion
    estar por algn ( fam); to be crazy about sb
    D
    (en busca de): salió/fue poror ( Esp) a por pan he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread
    E
    (en lo que respecta a): por mí no hay inconveniente I don't mind
    que haga lo que le dé la gana, por mí … let him do what he likes, as far as I'm concerned …
    tengo toda la casa por limpiar I've got the whole house to clean
    estos cambios aún están por hacer these changes have still not been made o are yet to be made
    ver2 vt C 1. (↑ ver (2))
    G
    ( AmL) estar por + INF (estar a punto de): deben de estar por llegar they should be arriving any minute
    la leche está por hervir the milk's about to boil
    A
    (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria): entró por la ventana he came in through the window
    sal por aquí go out this way
    el acceso al edificio es por la calle Lamas you enter the building from Lamas Street
    el piano no va a pasar por la puerta the piano won't go through the door
    se cayó por la escalera he fell down the stairs
    subieron por la ladera este they went up by the east face
    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?
    fuimos por el camino más largo we took the longer route
    no vayas por ahí que te vas a perder don't go that way, you'll get lost
    ¿por dónde has venido? which way did you come?
    ¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?
    B
    (expresando lugar indeterminado): está por ahí he's over there somewhere
    ¿por dónde está or queda el restaurante? whereabouts is the restaurant?
    viven por el sur/por mi barrio they live in the south somewhere/around my area
    hace mucho que no lo vemos por aquí we haven't seen him around here for ages
    ¿qué tal te fue por Londres? how did you get on in London?
    C
    (expresando lugar determinado): corta por aquí cut here
    voy por la página 15 I'm up to o I'm on page 15
    empieza por el principio start at the beginning
    agárralo por el mango hold it by the handle
    D
    (indicando extensión): lo he buscado por todos lados or por todas partes I've looked everywhere for it
    la epidemia se extendió por todo el país the epidemic spread throughout the (whole) country
    estuvimos viajando por el norte de Francia we were traveling around o in the North of France
    fuimos a caminar por la playa we went for a walk along the beach
    pasa un trapo por el piso give the floor a quick wipe
    A
    (expresando tiempo aproximado): por aquella época at that time
    por aquel entonces vivían en Pozuelo at that time they were living in Pozuelo
    sucedió por allá por 1960 it happened some time back around 1960
    me lo regalaron por mi cumpleaños they gave it to me for my birthday
    por Semana Santa pensamos ir a Londres we're thinking of going to London for Easter
    C (durante) for
    por los siglos de los siglos for ever and ever
    no se lo confío ni por un minuto I wouldn't trust him with it for a minute
    puede quedar así por el momento or por ahora it can stay like that for the time being o for now
    ver tb mañana3 (↑ mañana (3)), tarde2 (↑ tarde (2)), noche
    * * *

     

    por preposición
    1 ( causa) because of;
    por falta de dinero because of o owing to lack of money;

    por naturaleza by nature;
    por necesidad out of necessity;
    por eso no dije nada that's why I didn't say anything;
    fue por eso que no te llamé that was why I didn't call you;
    si no fuera por mi hijo … if it wasn't for my son …;
    me pidió perdón por haberme mentido he apologized for lying o for having lied to me
    2 ( en locs)

    no dijo por qué he didn't say why;
    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? why don't you come with me?;
    por si in case;
    por si no entiende in case he doesn't understand;
    See Also→ acaso 2, mosca
    3 ( en expresiones concesivas):
    por más que me esfuerzo however hard o no matter how hard I try;

    por (muy) fácil que sea however easy o no matter how easy it is
    4
    a) ( modo):


    por adelantado in advance;
    por escrito in writing
    b) ( medio):


    lo dijeron por la radio they said it on the radio;
    por avión by air;
    la conocí por la voz I recognized her by her voice;
    me enteré por un amigo I heard from o through a friend
    5

    cobra $30 por clase he charges $30 a o per class;

    120 kilómetros por hora 120 kilometers an o per hour;
    por metro/docena by the meter/dozen;
    tú comes por tres you eat enough for three people;
    tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho it's three meters long by one meter wide;
    uno por uno one by one;
    See Also→ ciento sustantivo masculino b


    6

    su secretaria firmó por él his secretary signed for him o on his behalf;

    pasa por inglesa she passes for an Englishwoman
    b) ( como):


    7 ( introduciendo el agente) by;

    1 (finalidad, objetivo):

    lo hace por el dinero he does it for the money;
    no entré por no molestarlo I didn't go in because I didn't want to disturb him;
    por que + subj (here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan he was eager for them to listen to him
    2 (indicando inclinación, elección):

    no siento nada por él I don't feel anything for him;
    votó por ella he voted for her
    3 ( en busca de): salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread
    4 ( en lo que respecta a):
    por mí que haga lo que quiera as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

    5 (esp AmL) estar por + inf ( estar a punto de) to be about to + inf;

    deben (de) estar por llegar they should be arriving any minute
    1
    a) ( lugar):


    sal por aquí go out this way;
    se cayó por la escalera he fell down the stairs;
    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?;
    ¿por dónde has venido? which way did you come?;
    está por ahí he's over there somewhere;
    ¿por dónde está el hotel? whereabouts is the hotel?;
    viven por mi barrio they live around my area;
    voy por la página 15 I'm up to o I'm on page 15;
    empieza por el principio start at the beginning;
    agárralo por el mango hold it by the handle
    b) ( indicando extensión): por todos lados or por todas partes everywhere;

    viajamos por el norte de Francia we traveled around o in the North of France;

    ver tb dentro, fuera, encima, etc
    2 ( tiempo) for;

    por el momento or por ahora for the time being, for now;
    ver tb mañana, tarde, noche
    3 (Esp) ( ocasión) for;

    por preposición
    1 (autoría) by: está escrito por mí, it was written by me
    2 (camino, lugar) through: viajamos por Castilla, we travelled round Castilla
    3 (medio) lo enviaron por avión, they sent it by plane
    me enteré por el periódico, I read about it in the newspaper
    4 (motivo, causa) because of
    por tu culpa, because of you
    (en favor de) for: hazlo por ellos, do it for their sake
    por la libertad, for freedom
    5 (en torno a) por San Juan, near Saint John's Day
    6 (durante) por la mañana/noche, in the morning/at night
    por el momento, for the time being
    7 (a través) entramos por la puerta, we got in through the door
    miramos por la ventana, we looked out (of) the window
    pasamos por la ciudad, we went through the town
    8 (sobre, por encima de) cruzaremos por el puente, we'll cross the bridge
    9 (delante de) paso todos los días por tu casa, I go by your house every day
    10 (a cambio de) for: te doy mi helado por tu yogur, I'll swap you my ice-cream for your yoghurt
    11 (en una distribución, cálculo) por cabeza, a head, per person
    mil pesetas por hora, a thousand pesetas per hour
    dos mil revoluciones por minuto, two thousand revolutions per minute
    12 (en una multiplicación) dos por dos, cuatro, two times two is four
    un diez por ciento, ten per cent
    13 (con infinitivo) in order to, so as to
    trabajar por trabajar, to work for the sake of it
    ♦ Locuciones: por así decirlo, so to speak
    por más/mucho que..., no matter how...
    por qué, why
    ' por' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abogar
    - abonar
    - abonarse
    - abotargada
    - abotargado
    - abuelo
    - acabar
    - acaso
    - accidente
    - acercarse
    - acertar
    - aclamación
    - acomplejada
    - acomplejado
    - acomplejarse
    - acoquinar
    - acostumbrar
    - actual
    - adelantada
    - adelantado
    - adivinar
    - admitir
    - adoración
    - aérea
    - aéreo
    - afanarse
    - afectada I
    - afectado
    - afición
    - agradecer
    - aguantar
    - ahí
    - ahogada
    - ahogado
    - ahora
    - ahorcarse
    - ahorrar
    - aire
    - alegrarse
    - algo
    - allá
    - allí
    - almacén
    - alquiler
    - alta
    - alto
    - aludida
    - aludido
    - amarga
    English:
    A
    - aback
    - ablaze
    - about
    - above
    - absence
    - absorb
    - accident
    - accidentally
    - acclaim
    - accompany
    - accord
    - accordingly
    - account
    - accustom
    - actual
    - actually
    - add to
    - advocate
    - after
    - afternoon
    - again
    - against
    - air
    - airmail
    - alert
    - allowance
    - alone
    - alphabetically
    - alternately
    - amble
    - amends
    - amok
    - angry
    - annihilate
    - annoy
    - answer for
    - answering service
    - antipathy
    - anxious
    - anywhere
    - apologetic
    - apologize
    - appal
    - appall
    - apparently
    - appearance
    - appease
    - appointment
    - appreciate
    * * *
    por prep
    1. [indica causa] because of;
    llegó tarde por el tráfico she was late because of the traffic;
    lo hizo por amor he did it out of o for love;
    me disculpé por llegar tarde I apologized for arriving late;
    miré dentro por simple curiosidad I looked inside out of pure curiosity;
    accidentes por conducción temeraria accidents caused by reckless driving;
    muertes por enfermedades cardiovasculares deaths from cardiovascular disease;
    no quise llamar por la hora (que era) I didn't want to call because of the time;
    cerrado por vacaciones/reformas [en letrero] closed for holidays/alterations;
    por mí no te preocupes don't worry about me;
    Esp
    fue por eso por lo que tuvimos tantos problemas, Am [m5] fue por eso que tuvimos tantos problemas that's why we had so many problems;
    eso te pasa por (ser tan) generoso that's what you get for being so generous;
    la razón por (la) que dimite the reason (why) she is resigning;
    ¿por qué? why?;
    ¿por qué no vienes? why don't you come?;
    ¿por qué lo preguntas? – por nada why do you ask? – no reason;
    Fam
    ¿por? why?;
    por si in case;
    por si se te olvida in case you forget
    2. [indica indicio]
    por lo que me dices/lo que he oído no debe de ser tan difícil from what you say/what I've heard, it can't be that difficult;
    por lo que tengo entendido, viven juntos as I understand it, they live together, my understanding is that they live together;
    por lo visto, por lo que se ve apparently
    3. [indica finalidad] (antes de infinitivo) (in order) to;
    * * *
    prp
    1 motivo for, because of;
    lo hace por mí he does it for me;
    lo hizo por amor she did it out of o for love;
    luchó por sus ideales he fought for his ideals;
    por miedo a ofenderle for fear of upsetting her;
    vino por verme he came to see me
    2 medio by;
    por avión by air;
    por correo by mail, Br
    tb by post
    :
    por un año/un segundo for a year/a second;
    por la mañana in the morning;
    por Navidad around Christmas
    :
    por la calle down the street;
    por un tunel through a tunnel;
    por aquí this way
    5 posición aproximada around, about;
    está por aquí it’s around here (somewhere);
    vive por el centro de la ciudad she lives somewhere around the center of town
    :
    por cincuenta pesos for fifty pesos;
    por cabeza each, a head
    :
    por hora an o per hour;
    dos por dos two times two;
    ¿por qué? why?;
    por el que … the reason why …;
    esa factura aún está por pagar that invoice still has to be paid;
    por difícil que sea however difficult it might be
    * * *
    por prep
    1) : for, during
    se quedaron allí por la semana: they stayed there during the week
    por el momento: for now, at the moment
    2) : around, during
    por noviembre empieza a nevar: around November it starts to snow
    por la mañana: in the morning
    3) : around (a place)
    debe estar por allí: it must be over there
    por todas partes: everywhere
    4) : by, through, along
    por la puerta: through the door
    pasé por tu casa: I stopped by your house
    por la costa: along the coast
    5) : for, for the sake of
    lo hizo por su madre: he did it for his mother
    ¡por Dios!: for heaven's sake!
    6) : because of, on account of
    llegué tarde por el tráfico: I arrived late because of the traffic
    dejar por imposible: to give up as impossible
    7) : per
    60 millas por hora: 60 miles per hour
    por docena: by the dozen
    8) : for, in exchange for, instead of
    su hermana habló por él: his sister spoke on his behalf
    9) : by means of
    hablar por teléfono: to talk on the phone
    por escrito: in writing
    10) : as for
    por mí: as far as I'm concerned
    11) : times
    tres por dos son seis: three times two is six
    12) según: from, according to
    por lo que dices: judging from what you're telling me
    13) : as, for
    por ejemplo: for example
    14) : by
    hecho por mi abuela: made by my grandmother
    por correo: by mail
    15) : for, in order to
    lucha por ganar su respeto: he struggles to win her respect
    estar por : to be about to
    por ciento : percent
    por favor : please
    por lo tanto : therefore, consequently
    ¿por qué? : why?
    por... que : no matter how
    por mucho que intente: no matter how hard I try
    por si or
    por si acaso : just in case
    * * *
    por prep
    1. (a través de) through
    2. (la calle) along / down
    3. (indica camino) via / by
    6. (a causa de) because of
    7. (a fin de) to / in order to
    10. (multiplicado) times
    12. (en vez de) instead of
    ir por / ir a por to fetch
    ¡ve a por mis zapatillas, por favor! fetch my slippers, please!
    por + adjetivo however + adjective
    por lo general generally / usually
    por si... in case...
    ¿por qué? why?

    Spanish-English dictionary > por

  • 15 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 16 GOÐI

    m. heathen priest; chief (in Iceland during the republic).
    * * *
    a, m. [Ulf, renders ἱερεύς by gudja (ufar-gudja, ahumista-gudja, etc.), ἱερατεία by gudjinassus, ἱερατεύειν by gudjinôn; an Icel. gyði, gen. gyðja, would answer better to the Goth. form, but it never occurs, except that the fem. gyðja = goddess and priestess points not to goði, but to a masc. with a suppressed final i, gyði; a word coting occurs in O. H. G. glossaries, prob. meaning the same; and the form guþi twice occurs on Danish-Runic stones in Nura-guþi and Saulva-guþi, explained as goði by P. G. Thorsen, Danske Runem.; (Rafn’s explanation and reading of Nura-guþi qs. norðr á Gauði, is scarcely right): with this exception this word is nowhere recorded till it appears in Icel., where it got a wide historical bearing]:—prop. a priest, sacerdos, and hence a liege-lord or chief of the Icel. Commonwealth.
    A. HISTORICAL REMARKS.—The Norse chiefs who settled in Icel., finding the country uninhabited, solemnly took possession of the land (land-nám, q. v.); and in order to found a community they built a temple, and called themselves by the name of goði or hof-goði, ‘temple-priest;’ and thus the temple became the nucleus of the new community, which was called goðorð, n.:—hence hof-goði, temple-priest, and höfðingi, chief, became synonymous, vide Eb. passim. Many independent goðar and goðorð sprang up all through the country, until about the year 930 the alþingi (q. v.) was erected, where all the petty sovereign chiefs (goðar) entered into a kind of league, and laid the foundation of a general government for the whole island. In 964 A. D. the constitution was finally settled, the number of goðorð being fixed at three in each þing ( shire), and three þing in each of the three other quarters, (but four in the north); thus the number of goðar came to be nominally thirty-nine, really thirty-six, as the four in the north were only reckoned as three, vide Íb. ch. 5. On the introduction of Christianity the goðar lost their priestly character, but kept the name; and the new bishops obtained seats in the Lögrétta (vide biskup). About the year 1004 there were created new goðar (and goðorð), who had to elect judges to the Fifth Court, but they had no seats in the Lögrétta, and since that time the law distinguishes between forn ( old) and ný ( new) goðorð;—in Glúm. ch. 1 the word forn is an anachronism. It is curious that, especially in the 12th century, the goðar used to take the lesser Orders from political reasons, in order to resist the Romish clergy, who claimed the right of forbidding laymen to be lords of churches or to deal with church matters; thus the great chief Jón Loptsson was a sub-deacon; at last, about 1185, the archbishop of Norway forbade the bishops of Icel. to ordain any holder of a goðorð, unless they first gave up the goðorð, fyrir því bjóðum vér biskupum at vígja eigi þá menn er goðorð hafa, D. I. i. 291. In the middle of the 13th century the king of Norway induced the goðar to hand their power over to him, and thus the union with Norway was finally brought about in the year 1262; since that time, by the introduction of new codes (1272 and 1281), the name and dignity of goðar and goðorð disappeared altogether, so that the name begins and ends with the Commonwealth.
    B. DUTIES.—In the alþingi the goðar were invested with the Lögrettu-skipan (q. v.), that is to say, they composed the Lögrétta (the Legislative consisting of forty-eight members—on the irregularity of the number vide Íb. ch. 5), and were the lawgivers of the country; secondly, they had the dómnefna (q. v.), or right of naming the men who were to sit in the courts, vide dómr:—as to their duties in the quarter-parliaments (vár-þing) vide Grág. Þ. Þ. and the Sagas. The authority of the goðar over their liegemen at home was in olden times somewhat patriarchal, vide e. g. the curious passage in Hænsaþ. S. ch. 2; though no section of law relating to this interesting part of the old history is on record, we can glean much information from the Sagas. It is to be borne in mind that the goðar of the Saga time (10th century) and those of the Grágás and Sturlunga time (12th and 13th centuries) were very different; the former were a kind of sovereign chiefs, who of free will entered into a league; the latter had become officials, who for neglecting their duties in parliament might be fined, and even forfeit the goðorð to their liegemen, vide Grág. Þ. Þ. Neither þing (q. v.) nor goðorð was ever strictly geographical (such is the opinion of Konrad Maurer), but changed from time to time; the very word goðorð is defined as ‘power’ (veldi), and was not subject to the payment of tithe, K. Þ. K. 142. The goðorð could be parcelled out by inheritance or by sale; or they might, as was the case in the latter years of the Commonwealth, accumulate in one hand, vide esp. Sturl. passim, and Grág. The liegemen (þingmenn) were fully free to change their lords (ganga í lög með goða, ganga ór lögum); every franklin (þingmaðr) had in parliament to declare his þingfesti, i. e. to name his liegeship, and say to what goði and þing he belonged, and the goði had to acknowledge him; so that a powerful or skilful chief might have liegemen scattered all over the country. But the nomination to the courts and the right of sitting in the legislative body were always bound to the old names, as fixed by the settlement of the year 964; and any one who sought the name or influence of a goði had first (by purchase, inheritance, or otherwise) to become possessor of a share of one of the old traditionary goðorð; see the interesting chapter in Nj. The three goðar in one þing ( shire) were called sam-goða, joint-goðar; for the sense of allsherjar-goði vide p. 17.
    C. NAMES.—Sometimes a chief’s name referred to the god whom he especially worshipped, as Freys-Goði, Hrafn., Gísl., whence Freys-gyðlingar, q. v.; (the ör-goði is dubious); more frequently the name referred to the liegemen or county, e. g. Ljósvetninga-Goði, Tungu-Goði, etc.; but in the Saga time, goði was often added to the name almost as a cognomen, and with some, as Snorri, it became a part of their name (as Cato Censor in Latin); hann varðveitti þá hof, var hann þá kallaðr Snorri Goði, Eb. 42; seg, at sá sendi, er meiri vin var húsfreyjunnar at Fróðá en Goðans at Helgafelli, 332. Names on record in the Sagas:—men living from A. D. 874 to 964, Hallsteinn Goði, Landn., Eb.; Sturla Goði, Landn. 65; Jörundr Goði and Hróarr Tungu-Goði, id.; Ljótólfr Goði, Sd.; Hrafnkell Freys-Goði, Hrafn.; Oddr Tungu-Goði, Landn.; Þormóðr Karnár-Goði, Vd.; Áskell Goði, Rd.; Úlfr Ör-goði, Landn.; Grímkell Goði, Harð. S.; Þorgrímr Freys-goði, Gísl. 100, 110:—964 to 1030, Arnkell Goði, Landn., Eb.; Þorgrímr Goði, Eb.; Geirr Goði, Landn., Nj.; Runólfr Goði, id.; Þóroddr Goði, Kristni S.; Þormóðr Allsherjar-Goði, Landn.; Þorgeirr Goði, or Ljósvetninga-Goði, Nj., Landn.; (Þorkell Krafla) Vatnsdæla-Goði, Vd.; Helgi Hofgarða-Goði, Landn., Eb.; Snorri Hlíðarmanna-Goði, Lv.; Þórarinn Langdæla-Goði, Heiðarv. S.; and last, not least, Snorri Goði:—in the following period goði appears, though very rarely, as an appellative, e. g. Þormóðr Skeiðar-Goði (about 1100):—of the new goðar of 1004, Höskuldr Hvítaness-Goði, Nj.:—used ironically, Ingjaldr Sauðeyja-Goði, Ld.
    2. goðorð mentioned by name,—in the south, Allsherjar-goðorð, Landn. (App.) 336; Dalverja-goðorð, Sturl. ii. 48; Lundarmanna-goðorð, i. 223; Reykhyltinga-goðorð, 104, iii. 166, 169; Bryndæla-goðorð, Kjaln. S. 402: in the north, Ljósvetninga-goðorð, Lv. ch. 30; Möðruvellinga-goðorð, Bs. i. 488; Vatnsdæla-goðorð, Fs. 68; Fljótamanna-goðorð, Sturl. i. 138: in the west, Snorrunga-goðorð, 55; Jöklamanna-goðorð, iii. 166; Rauðmelinga-goðorð, Eb. 288; Reyknesinga-goðorð, Sturl. i. 9, 19; Þórsnesinga-goðorð, 198: the new godords of the Fifth Court, Laufæsinga-goðorð, Nj. 151; Melamanna-goðorð, id., Band., Sturl. i. 227. Passages in the Sagas and Laws referring to goðar and goðorð are very numerous, e. g. Íb. ch. 5, Nj. ch. 98, Grág., Lögréttu-þáttr, and Þ. Þ. passim, esp. ch. 1–5, 17, 35, 37, 39, 44, 58, 60, 61, Lv. ch. 4 (interesting), Vd. ch. 27, 41 (in fine), and 42, Vápn., Hrafn. ch. 2, Eb. ch. 10, 56, Sturl. iii. 98, 104, passim; for the accumulation of godords, see i. 227 (3, 22), Bs. i. 54; for the handing over the godords to the king of Norway, D. I. i; and esp. article 3 of the Sáttmáli, D. I. i. 631, 632. The godords were tithe-free, ef maðr á goðorð, ok þarf eigi þat til tíundar at telja, vald er þat en eigi fé:, K. Þ. K. 142.
    COMPDS: goðakviðr, goðalýrittr, goðaþáttr.
    II. = goð, i. e. good genius, in the Icel. game at dice called goða-tafl, with the formula, heima ræð eg goða minn bæði vel og lengi, … og kasta eg svo fyrir þig, cp. also ást-goði.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GOÐI

  • 17 BÚA

    (bý; bjó, bjoggum or bjuggum; búinn), v.
    1) to prepare, make ready;
    búa mál á hendr e-m, to take out a summons against one, be in a lawsuit;
    2) to dress, attire, adorn, ornament;
    bjó hón hana sem hón kunni bezt, she dressed her as well as she could;
    sá þeir konur vel búnar, well dressed;
    búa beð, rekkju, to make a bed;
    búa öndvegi, hús, to make a high seat, adorn a house (for a feast);
    öll umgjörðin var búin gulli ok silfri, adorned (mounted) with gold and silver;
    vápn búit mjök, much ornamented;
    3) to fix one’s abode in a place, = byggja( þegar munu jötnar Ásgarð búa);
    4) to deal with, to treat;
    þeir bjuggu búi sem þeim líkaði, they treated it as they liked, viz. recklessly;
    Haraldr bjó heldr úsparliga kornum Sveins, used S.’s stores rather unsparingly;
    5) to live, dwell (búa í tjöldum);
    þeir bjuggu þar um nóttina, they stayed there during the night;
    sá maðr bjó á skipi (had his berth) næst Haraldi;
    6) to have a household (cattle, sheep, and milk);
    meðan þú vilt búa, as long as thou will keep house;
    búa á or at, with the name of the place added in dat., to live at or in (hann bjó á Velli; Gunnar bjó at Hlíðarenda);
    búa í skapi, brjósti e-m, to be, dwell in one’s mind (eigi býr þér lítit í skapi);
    sýnandi þá hjartaliga gleði, er í brjósti býr, that fills the breast;
    8) to behave, conduct onself (bjuggu þeir þar fremr úfriðliga);
    9) with preps.:
    búa af e-u, to lose;
    láta e-n af baugum búa, to let him be deprived of his riches;
    búa at e-u, to treat, = búa e-u (cf. 4);
    þeir höfðu spurt hvern veg Þórólfr hafði búit at herbergjum þeirra, how Th. had treated their premises;
    búa e-t fyrir, to prepare (þeir hlutir, er guð hefir fyrir búit sínum ástvinum);
    búa fyrir, to be present (hann ætlar, at Selþórir muni fyrir búa í hverju holti);
    búa hjá konu, to lie with a woman;
    búa í e-u, to be at the bottom of, = búa undir e-u (en í þessu vináttumerki bjuggu enn fleiri hlutir);
    búa með e-m or e-rri, to cohabit with;
    búa með konu, to lie with;
    búa saman, to live together (as husband and wife, as friends); to have a common household (ef menn búa saman);
    búa e-t til, to prepare, take the preparatory steps in a case (búa sök, mál, vígsmál til, cf. 1);
    búa til veizlu, to prepare for a feast;
    búa um e-n, to make one’s bed (var búit um þá Þórodd á seti ok lögðust þeir til svefns);
    Þórólfr lét setja upp skip sitt ok um búa, he had his ship laid up and fenced round;
    kváðu nú Guðrúnu eiga at búa um rauða skör Bolla, said that G. would have to dress B.’s (her husband’s) bloody head;
    búa um andvirki, to fence and thatch hayricks;
    at búa svá um, at aldri mátti vökna, to pack it up so that it could not get wet;
    búa svá um, at (with subj.), to arrange it so, that;
    búa eigi um heilt við e-n, to be plotting something against one;
    búa um nökkurn skoll, to brood over some mischief (deceit);
    búa um grun, to be suspicious;
    búa um hverfan hug, to be fickleminded;
    gott er um öruggt at búa, to be in a safe position;
    búa undir e-u, to be subject to, suffer, endure (hart mun þykkja undir at búa);
    eiga undir slíkum ofsa at búa, to have to put up with such insolence; to be the (hidden) reason of, to be at the bottom of (þat bjó þar undir, at hann vildi taka ríkit undir sik);
    þér vitið gørst, hvat yðr býr undir (what reason you have) at girnast eina útlenda mey;
    sárt býr þú nú við mik, Þóra, thou treatest me sorely;
    búa við e-t, to enjoy (þú býr við eilífa ást ok bíðr eilífra ömbuna); to submit to, put up with;
    ok mun eigi við þat mega búa, it will be too hard to bide;
    búa yfir e-u, to hide, conceal;
    framhlutr ormsins býr yfir eitri, is venomous;
    lítill búkr býr yfir miklu viti, little body holds mickle wit;
    búa yfir brögðum, flærð ok vélum, to brood over tricks, falsehood, and deceit;
    10) refl., búast.
    * * *
    pret. sing. bjó, 2nd pers. bjótt, mod. bjóst; plur. bjoggu, bjöggu, and mod. bjuggu, or even buggu; sup. búit, búið, and (rarely) contr. búð; part. búinn; pret. subj. bjöggi, mod. byggi or bjyggi; pres. sing. indic. bý; pl. búm, mod. búum: reflex. forms býsk or býst, bjósk or bjóst, bjöggusk, búisk, etc.: poët. forms with suffixed negative bjó-at, Skv. 3. 39: an obsolete pret. bjoggi = bjó, Fms. ix. 440 (in a verse); bjöggisk = bjósk, Hom. 118. [Búa is originally a reduplicated and contracted verb answering to Goth. búan, of which the pret. may have been baibau: by bûan Ulf. renders Gr. οικειν, κατοικειν; Hel. bûan = habitare; Germ. bauen; Swed. and Dan. bo. The Icel. distinguishes between the strong neut. and originally redupl. verb búa, and the transit. and weak byggja, q. v.: búa seems to be kindred to Gr. φύω, εφυσα (cp. Sansk. bhû, bhavâmi, Lat. fui); byggja to Lat. făcio, cp. Swed.-Dan. bygga, Scot. and North. E. to ‘big,’ i. e. to build; cp. Lat. aedificare, nidificare: again, the coincidence in sense with the Gr. οικος, οικειν, Lat. vicus, is no less striking, cp. the references s. v. bú above. Búa, as a root word, is one of the most interesting words in the Scandin. tongues; bú, bær, bygg, bygð, byggja, etc., all belong to this family: it survives in the North. E. word to ‘big,’ in the Germ. bauen ( to till), and possibly (v. above) in the auxiliary verb ‘to be.’]
    A. NEUTER, to live, abide, dwell, = Gr. οικειν, Lat. habitare; sú synd sem í mér býr, Rom. vii. 17, 20; í mér, þat er í mínu holdi, býr ekki gott, 18; hann sem býr í ljósinu, 1 Tim. vi. 16; fyrir Heilagan Anda sem í oss býr, 2 Tim. i. 14; Látið Christs orð ríkulega búa meðal yðar, Col. iii. 16; þá trú … sem áðr fyr bjó í þinni ömmu Loide, 2 Tim. i. 5; þat hit góða sem í oss býr, 14; hann sem býr í ljósinu, þar einginn kann til að komast, 1 Tim. vi. 16; hence íbúð, living in, etc.; in many of those passages some Edd. of N. T. use byggja, but búa suits better: of a temporary abode, hann bjó í tjöldum, he abode in tents, Fms. x. 413.
    2. a naut. term; þeir bjuggu þar um nóttina, they stayed, cast anchor during the night, Fms. vii. 3: on board ship, to have one’s berth, sá maðr bjó á skipi næst Haraldi er hét Loðinn, 166; engi maðr skyldi búa á þessu skipi yngri en tvítugr, x. 321.
    3. to live together as man and wife; henni hagar að b. við hann, 1 Cor. vii. 12; hagar honum hjá henni að b., 13; b. með húsfrú sinni, Stj. 47; b. við; Helgi prestr bjó við konu þá, er Þórdís hét (of concubinage), Sturl. i. 141; but búa saman, of wedded life, K. Á. 134.
    4. b. fyrir, to be present in the place: at Selþórir muni fyrir b. í hverju holti, Fms. iv. 260: recipr., sjór ok skúgr bjoggusk í grend, Skálda 202, Baruch.
    5. esp. (v. bú) to have a household, cattle, sheep, and milk; hence búandi, bóndi, bær, and bú; búa við málnytu ( milk), ok hafa kýr ok ær at búi, Nj. 236, Grág. i. 168, 335; b. búi (dat.), 153, K. Þ. K. 90; búa búi sínu, to ‘big ane’s ain biggin,’ have one’s own homestead.
    β. absol., meðan þú vilt b., so long as thou wilt keep bouse, Hrafn. 9; b. vel, illa, to be a good (bad) housekeeper; vænt er að kunna vel að búa, Bb. 3. 1; Salomon kóngur kunni að b., 100; fara að b., to begin housekeeping, 2. 6; b. á jörðu, to keep a farm, gefa þeim óðul sín er á bjoggu, Fms. i. 21.
    γ. búa á …, at …, i …, with the name of the place added, to live at or in a place; hann bjó á Velli (the farm) á Rangárvöllum (the county), Nj. 1; Höskuldr bjó á Höskuldstöðum, 2: hann bjó at Varmalæk, 22; hann bjó undir Felli, 16; Gunnarr bjó at Hlíðarenda, 29; Njáll bjó at Bergþórshváli, 30, 38, 147, 162, 164, 173, 174, 213, Landn. 39–41, and in numberless passages; Eb., Ld., Eg., Sturl., Bs., Ísl. ii, etc. (very freq.): also b. í brjósti, skapi, huga e-m, to be, dwell in one’s mind, with the notion of rooted conviction or determination, þess hins mikla áhuga, er þér býr í brjósti, Fms. iv. 80; því er mér hefir lengi í skapi búit, 78; ekki muntu leynask fyrir mér, veit ek hvat í býr skapinu, Lv. 16.
    II. metaph. and with prepp.; b. um e-t, or b. yfir e-u, almost in an uncanny sense, to brood over hidden schemes, designs, resentment, or the like; búa um hverfan hug, to be of a fickle mind, Skv. 3. 39; b. eigi um heilt, to brood over something against one, to be insincere, Fms. xi. 365; b. um skoll, to brood over some deceit, id.; b. um grun, to be suspicious, ii. 87: in good sense, b. um eitt lunderni, to be of one mind, Jb. 17; b. um þrek, hug, to have a bold heart, Lex. Poët.: b. í or undir e-u, to be at the bottom of a thing; en í þessu vináttu merki bjoggu enn fleiri hlutir, Ó. H. 125; mart býr í þokunni (a proverb), many things bide in the mist; en þat b. mest undir ferð Áka, at …, Fms. xi. 45; þóttusk eigi vita hvat undir myndi b., Nj. 62: b. yfir e-u, to brood over something, conceal; (ormrinn) bjó yfir eitri, i. e. the snake was venomous, Fms. vi. 351: the saying, lítill búkr býr yfir miklu viti, little bulk hides mickle wit, Al.; b. yfir flærð ok vélum, to brood over falsehood and deceit, id.; b. yfir brögðum, Fas. i. 290: b. undir, við e-t, to live under or with a thing, to bide, put up with; eiga undir slíkum ofsa at b., to have to put up with such insolence, Fms. xi. 248; at hart mun þykkja undir at b., Nj. 90, 101; ok mun eigi við þat mega b., i. e. it will be too hard to bide, 164; því at bændr máttu eigi við hitt b., Fms. xi. 224.
    III. in a half active sense; b. at e-u, or b. e-u (with dat.), to treat; þeir höfðu spurt hvern veg Þórólfr hafði búit at herbergjum þeirra, how Th. had used their premises, Eg. 85; þeir bjoggu búi sem þeim líkaði (where with dat.), i. e. they treated it recklessly, Bs. i. 544; Haraldr jarl fór til bús Sveins, ok bjó þá heldr úspakliga kornum hans, Orkn. 424 (in all passages in bad sense): búa vel saman, to live well together, be friendly, Fms. xi. 312; hence sam-búð, living together; b. við e-n, to treat one so and so; sárt býr þú við mik, Þóra, thou treatest me sorely, vii. 203.
    B. ACTIVE, to make ready: the sense and form here reminds one of the Gr. ποιειν: [this sense is much used in Old Engl., esp. the part. bone, boon, or boun, ready, (‘boun to go,’ Chaucer, etc.); in later Engl. ‘boun’ was corrupted into ‘bound,’ in such naut. phrases as bound for a port, etc.: from this part, the ballad writers formed a fresh verb, to boun, ‘busk ye, boun ye;’ ‘busk’ is a remnant of the old reflex, búask, see Dasent, Burnt Njal, pref. xvi. note, and cp. below III.]
    I. to make ready, ‘boun,’ for a journey; b. ferð, för sína; and as a naut. term, b. skip, to make ready for sea; bjoggu þeir ferð sína, Fms. ix. 453; en er þeir vóru búnir, Nj. 122; ok vóru þá mjök brott búnir, they were ‘boun’ for sea, Fms. vii. 101; bjó hann skip sitt, Nj. 128; en skip er brotið, svá at eigi er í för búanda á því sumri, i. e. ship unfit to go to sea, Grág. i. 92; b. sik til göngu, to be ‘boun’ for a walk, Ld. 46; b. sik at keyra, to make one ready for …, Nj. 91.
    β. as a law term, b. sök, mál, or adding til, b. til sök, mál á hendr e-m, to take out a summons against one, begin a lawsuit; b. mál í dóm, of the preliminaries to a lawsuit, hence málatilbúningr, in numberless cases in the Grágás and Sagas.
    γ. generally to prepare, make; b. smyrsl, to make ointments, Rb. 82.
    2. = Old Engl. to boun, i. e. to dress, equip; b. sik, to dress; svá búinn, so dressed, Fms. xi. 272; hence búningr, dress (freq.); vel búinn, well-dressed, Nj. 3, Ísl. ii. 434; spari-búinn, in holiday dress; illa búinn, ill-dressed; síðan bjó hon hana sem hon kunni, she dressed her as well as she could, Finnb. 258; b. beð, rekkjur, to make a bed, Eg. 236; b. upp hvílur, id., Nj. 168; b. öndvegi, hús, to make a high seat, dress a house for a feast, 175, (hús-búnaðr, hús-búningr, tapestry); búa borð, to dress the table, (borð búnaðr, table-service); b. stofu, Fms. iv. 75.
    β. búa til veizlu, to make ‘boun’ ( prepare) for a feast, Eg. 38, Fms. vii. 307; b. til seyðis, to make the fire ‘boun’ for cooking, Nj. 199; b. til vetrsetu, to make ‘boun’ for a winter abode, Fms. x. 42; til-búa, and fyrir-b., to prepare; eg fer héðan að til-b. yðr stað, John xiv. 3; eignizt það ríki sem yðr var til-búið frá upphafi veraldar, Matth. xxv. 34.
    γ. b. um e-t, in mod. use with the notion of packing up, to make into a bundle, of parcels, letters, etc.; hence um-búningr and um-búðir, a packing, packing-cover; b. um rúm, hvílu, to make a bed; búa um e-n, to make one’s bed; var búið um þá Þórodd í seti, ok lögðusk þeir til svefns, Th.’s bed was made on the benches, and they went to sleep, Ó. H. 153; skaltú nú sjá hvar vit leggumk niðr, ok hversu ek bý um okkr (of the dying Njal), Nj. 701; er mér sagt at hann hafi illa um búit, of a dead body, 51; þeir höfðu (svá) um sik búit ( they had covered themselves so) at þá mátti eigi sjá, 261; kváðu nú Guðrúnu eiga at búa um rauða skör Bolla, said that G. would have to comb B.’s (her husband’s) bloody head, Ld. 244; búa svá um at aldri mátti vökna, pack it up so that it cannot get wet, Fms. vii. 225; Þórólfr lét setja upp skip ok um búa, he had the ship laid up and fenced it round (for the winter), Eg. 199; b. um andvirki, to fence and thatch bay-ricks, Grág. ii. 335: metaph. to manage, preserve a thing, Fms. ix. 52; aumlega búinn, in a piteous state, Hom. 115.
    3. to ornament, esp. with metals or artificial work of any kind, of clothes laced with gold; kyrtill hlaðbúinn, Ísl. ii. 434, Nj. 48, Vm. 129: of gloves, B. K. 84: of a belt with stones or artificial work, Fms. xi. 271: of a drinking-horn, D. N. (Fr.); but esp. of a weapon, sword, or the like, enamelled with gold or silver (gull-búinn, silfr-búinn); búin gulli ok silfri, Fms. i. 15; búinn knífr, xi. 271; vápn búit mjök, much ornamented, ii. 255, iv. 77, 130, Eb. 226, 228.
    β. part., búinn at e-u, or vel búinn, metaph. endowed with, well endowed; at flestum í þróttum vel búinn, Nj. 61, Fms. x. 295; at auð vel búinn, wealthy, 410; vel búinn at hreysti ok allri atgörvi, Eg. 82; bezt at viti búinn, Fms. xi. 51.
    II. particular use of the part. pass, ‘boun,’ ready, willing; margir munu búnir at kaupa, ready, willing to buy, Fms. vi. 218; hann kvaðsk þess fyrir löngu búinn, Ld. 66, Fms. iii. 123; nefna vátta at þeir eru búnir ( ready) at leysa kvið þann af hendi, Grág. i. 54; vóru allir til þess búnir, Fms. xi. 360: compar., engir menn sýna sik búnari ( more willing) til liðveizlu, Sturl. i. 103: the allit. phrase, vera boðinn og búinn til e-s, vide bjóða VI: denoting fitted, adapted, ek em gamall, ok lítt b. at ( little fit to) hefna sona minna, Nj. 200; þótt ek sé verr til b. en hann fyrir vanheilsu sakir, Fms. vii. 275; eiga við búið (mod. vera við búinn), to keep oneself ready, to be on one’s guard, Bs. i. 537.
    2. on the point of doing, about to do so and so; hann var búinn til falls, he was just about to tumble, Fms. x. 314; en áðr þeir kómu var búið til hins mesta váða, ix. 444, v. l.
    β. neut. búið is used almost adverbially, on the point of, just about to; ok búið við skipbroti, Ísl. ii. 245; búið við váða miklum, Fms. ix. 310; sagði at þá var búit við geig mikinn með þeim feðgum, Eg. 158: this is rare and obsolete in mod. usage; and the Icel. now say, liggja við mér lá við að detta, where an old writer would have said, ek var búinn at detta; the sense would else be ambiguous, as búinn, vera búinn, in mod. usage means to have done; ég er búinn að eta, I have done eating; vera búinn að e-u (a work, business of any kind), to have done with it; also absol., eg er búinn, I have done; thus e. g. vera b. að kaupa, fyrir löngu b., b. at græða, leysa, etc., in mod. sense means to have done, done long ago; only by adding prepp. við, til (vera við búinn, til búinn) the part. resumes its old sense: on the other hand, búinn in the sense of having done hardly ever occurs in old writers.
    γ. búð (búið) is even used adverbially = may be, may happen; with subj. with or without ‘at,’ búð, svá sé til ætlað, may be, it will come so to happen, Nj. 114; búð, dragi til þess sem vera vill, 185; búð, eigi fari fjarri því sem þú gazt til, id., Ed. Johns. 508, note c; búð, svá þykki sem ek grípa gulli við þá, 9, note 3; búð, eigi hendi hann slík úgipta annat sinn, 42; búð, ek láta annars víti at varnaði verða, 106; búð, vér þurfim enn hlífanna, Sturl. ii. 137 (vellum MSS.; um ríð, Ed., quite without sense), cp. also Eb. 27 new Ed.: in mod. usage it is freq. to say, það er búið, vel búið, albúið, etc., it is likely, most likely that …
    δ. svá búit, adverbially, and proncd. as if one word, as matters stand, or even temp. at present, as yet; eigi mun hlýða svá búit, i. e. it will not do ‘so done,’ i. e. something else must be done, Eg. 507; eigi munu þér fá at unnit svá búið, i. e. not as yet, Fms. vii. 270; stendr þar nú svá búit (i. e. unchanged), um hríð, xi. 81; en berjask eigi svo búit, not fight as yet, Nj. 229; segja Eyjólfi til svá búins, they tell Eyolf the state of things, viz. that nothing had been done, Gísl. 41; þeir skildu við svá búit; þeir lögðu frá við svá búið, implying ‘vain effort,’ Germ. ‘unverrichteter Sache,’ Ísl. ii, Hkr. i. 340: at svá búnu, adverbially, as yet, at present; hann kvaðsk eigi fýsask til Íslands at svá búnu, Nj. 123, Fms. xi. 131; þenna draum segjum vér engum manni at svá búnu, this dream we will not tell to anybody as yet, Nj. 212; en at svá búnu tjár ekki, Fas. i. 364.
    III. reflex. to ‘boun’ or ‘busk’ oneself, make oneself ready, equip oneself; gengu menn þá á skip sín, ok bjoggusk sem hvatligast, Fms. v. 15: adding the infinitive of a verb as predicate, bjósk hann at fara norðr til Þrandheims, Eg. 18; or ellipt., where búask thus denotes the act itself, nú býsk hann út til Íslands, i. e. he ‘busked’ him to go …, Nj. 10; bjoggusk þeir fóstbræðr í hernað, they went on a free-booting trip, Landn. 31; seg Agli at þeir búisk þaðan fimmtán, 94: or adding another verb denoting the act, in the same tense, bjósk Haraldr konungr úr Þrándheimi með skipaliði, ok fór suðr á Mæri, he ‘busked’ him … and went south, Eg. 7; the journey added in gen., búask ferðar sinnar, Fms. i. 3; búask menn ferða sinna, Ld. 177.
    β. denoting intention, hidden or not put into action; fór sá kurr, at Skúli byggisk á land upp, Fms. ix. 483.
    2. to prepare for a thing; búask við boði, veizlu, etc., Nj. 10, Korm. 10; b. (vel, kristilega) við dauða sínum, andláti sínu, (eccl.) to prepare for one’s death, Fs. 80, Bs. i. 74; búask við vetri, to provide for the winter, get store in, Fms. xi. 415; b. við úfriði, vii. 23.
    β. to be on one’s guard, take steps to prevent a thing; nú ríða hér úvinir þínir at þér; skaltu svá við búask, i. e. be sure of that, make up thy mind, Nj. 264; bústu svá við, skal hann kveða, at …, Grág. ii. 244.
    γ. such phrases as, búask um = búa um sik, to make one’s own bed, encamp, make oneself comfortable, Nj. 259; tjölduðu búðir ok bjöggusk vel um, 219; var hörð veðrátta, svá at ekki mátti úti um búask, Fms. x. 13. Ld. 348; in the last passage the verb is deponent.
    3. metaph., b. við e-u, to expect, freq. in mod. usage; in phrases, það er ekki við að búast, it cannot be expected; búast við e-m, to expect a guest, or the like.
    β. to intend, think about; eg býst við að koma, I hope to come; eg bjóst aldrei við því, I never hoped for that, it never entered my mind, and in numberless cases.
    4. passive (very rare and not classical); um kveldit er matr bjósk = er m. var búinn, Fms. ix. 364.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BÚA

  • 18 halten

    n; -s, kein Pl.: zum Halten bringen stop, bring to a halt ( oder stop); Halten verboten! no stopping; da gab es kein Halten mehr there was no holding them etc. (back)
    * * *
    das Halten
    (Besitzen) keeping;
    (Festhalten) holding
    * * *
    hạl|ten ['haltn] pret hielt [hiːlt] ptp geha\#lten [gə'haltn]
    1. TRANSITIVES VERB
    1) = festhalten to hold

    jdm etw haltento hold sth for sb

    jdm den Mantel halten — to hold sb's coat (for him/her)

    den Kopf/Bauch halten — to hold one's head/stomach

    2)

    = in eine bestimmte Position bringen etw gegen das Licht halten — to hold sth up to the light

    einen Fuß/einen Zeh ins Wasser halten — to put a foot/a toe in the water

    3)

    = tragen die drei Pfeiler halten die Brücke — the three piers support the bridge

    meinst du, der kleine Nagel hält das schwere Ölbild? — do you think this small nail will take the weight of the heavy oil painting?

    4) = zurückhalten, aufhalten to hold; (SPORT) to save

    die Wärme/Feuchtigkeit halten — to retain heat/moisture

    das ist ein toller Torwart, der hält jeden Ball! — he's a great goalkeeper, he makes great saves!

    ich konnte ihn/es gerade noch halten — I just managed to grab hold of him/it

    sie ist nicht zu halten (fig)there's no holding her back

    es hält mich hier nichts mehr — there's nothing to keep me here any more

    es hält dich niemand — nobody's stopping you

    5) = behalten Festung, Rekord to hold; Position to hold (on to)
    6) = unterhalten, besitzen Chauffeur, Lehrer to employ; Haustier to keep; Auto to run

    eine Perserkatze/einen Hausfreund halten — to have a Persian cat/a live-in lover

    wir können uns kein Auto halten —

    (sich dat) eine Zeitung/Zeitschrift halten — to get a paper/magazine

    7) = einhalten, erfüllen to keep

    man muss halten, was man verspricht — a promise is a promise

    der Film hält nicht, was er/der Titel verspricht — the film doesn't live up to expectations/its title

    8) = beibehalten, aufrechterhalten Niveau to keep up, to maintain; Tempo, Disziplin, Temperatur to maintain; Kurs to keep to, to hold

    die These lässt sich nicht länger halten or ist nicht länger zu halten — this hypothesis is no longer tenable

    (mit jdm) Verbindung halten — to keep in touch( with sb)

    viel Sport hält jung/schlank — doing a lot of sport keeps you young/slim

    er hält sein Haus immer tadellos — he keeps his house immaculate

    wenn es neblig ist, sollten Sie den Abstand immer so groß wie möglich halten — if it's foggy you should always stay as far as possible from the car in front

    9) = behandeln to treat

    die Gefangenen werden in diesen Gefängnissen wie Tiere gehalten — the prisoners are treated like animals in these prisons

    er hält seine Kinder sehr streng — he's very strict with his children

    10)

    = handhaben, verfahren mit das kannst du (so) halten, wie du willst — that's entirely up to you

    er hält es nicht so sehr mit der Sauberkeit — he's not over-concerned about cleanliness

    es mehr or lieber mit jdm/etw halten — to prefer sb/sth

    11)

    = gestalten ein in Brauntönen gehaltener Raum — a room done in different shades of brown

    das Kleid ist in dunklen Tönen gehaltenit is a dark-coloured (Brit) or dark-colored (US) dress

    12) = veranstalten, abhalten Fest, Pressekonferenz to give; Rede to make; Gottesdienst, Zwiesprache to hold; Wache to keep

    Mittagsschlaf haltento have an afternoon nap

    13) = einschätzen, denkendiams; jdn/etw für etw halten to think sb/sth sth

    etw für angebracht/schön halten — to think or consider sth appropriate/beautiful

    ich habe ihn ( irrtümlich) für seinen Bruder gehalten — I (mis)took him for his brother

    ich halte es für Unsinn, alles noch einmal abzuschreiben — I think it's silly to copy everything out againdiams; etw von jdm/etw halten to think sth of sb/sth

    nicht viel von jdm/etw halten — not to think much of sb/sth

    nicht viel vom Beten/Sparen halten — not to be a great one for praying/saving (inf)

    ich halte nichts davon, das zu tun — I'm not in favour (Brit) or favor (US) of (doing) thatdiams; etwas/viel auf etw (acc) halten to consider sth important/very important

    er hält etwas auf gute Manieren — he considers good manners important

    der Chef hält viel auf Pünktlichkeit — the boss attaches a lot of importance to punctuality

    14)
    See:
    2. INTRANSITIVES VERB
    1) = festhalten to hold; (= haften bleiben) to stick; (SPORT) to make a save

    kann der denn ( gut) halten? — is he a good goalkeeper?

    2) = bestehen bleiben, haltbar sein to last; (Konserven) to keep; (Wetter) to last, to hold; (Frisur, COMM Preise) to hold; (Stoff) to be hard-wearing

    der Waffenstillstand hält nun schon drei Wochen — the truce has now held for three weeks

    Rosen halten länger, wenn man ein Aspirin ins Wasser tut — roses last longer if you put an aspirin in the water

    dieser Stoff hält langethis material is hard-wearing

    3) = stehen bleiben, anhalten to stop

    halt mal, stop! (hum)hang on (inf) or hold on a minute!

    4) andere Redewendungendiams; auf etw (acc) halten (= zielen) to aim at sth; (= steuern) to head for sth; (= Wert legen auf) to attach importance to sth

    ich musste an mich halten, um nicht in schallendes Gelächter auszubrechen — I had to control myself so as not to burst into fits of laughter

    3. REFLEXIVES VERB
    1) diams; sich halten= sich festhalten to hold on (
    an +dat to)

    er konnte sich gerade noch an dem Griff halten, als der Zug mit einem scharfen Ruck anfuhr — he just managed to grab hold of the strap when the train suddenly jolted forward

    2) = eine bestimmte Körperhaltung haben to carry or hold oneself

    sich ( im Gleichgewicht) halten — to keep one's balance

    sich ( nach) links halten — to keep (to the) left

    sich an die Tatsachen/den Text halten — to keep or stick to the facts/text

    3) = sich nicht verändern Lebensmittel, Blumen to keep; (Wetter) to last, to hold; (Geruch, Rauch) to linger; (Preise) to hold; (Brauch, Sitte) to continue
    4) = seine Position behaupten to hold on; (in Kampf) to hold out

    das Geschäft kann sich in dieser Straße nicht halten — the shop can't continue to stay open in this streetdiams; sich gut halten (in Prüfung, Spiel etc) to do well

    5) = sich beherrschen to control oneself
    6)

    andere Wendungendiams; sich halten an (+acc) ich halte mich lieber an den Wein — I'd rather keep or stick to wine

    er hält sich für einen Spezialisten/für besonders klug — he thinks he's a specialist/very clever

    * * *
    1) (to (cause to) stop walking, marching, running etc: The driver halted the train; The train halted at the signals.) halt
    2) (to give: He delivered a long speech.) deliver
    3) ((of a car etc) to stop: We drew up outside their house.) draw up
    4) (to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands: He was holding a knife; Hold that dish with both hands; He held the little boy's hand; He held the mouse by its tail.) hold
    5) (to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc: He held the pencil in his teeth; She was holding a pile of books in her arms; Hold the stamp with tweezers.) hold
    6) (to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc: What holds that shelf up?; He held the door closed by leaning against it; Hold your hands above your head; Hold his arms so that he can't struggle.) hold
    7) (to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain: I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold; Will the anchor hold in a storm?) hold
    8) (to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition: We'll hold ourselves in readiness in case you send for us; She holds herself very erect.) hold
    9) (to look after or care for: She keeps the garden beautifully; I think they keep hens.) keep
    10) (to act in the way demanded by: She kept her promise.) keep
    11) (to stand up to use: This material doesn't wear very well.) wear
    12) (having the body in a state of tension and readiness to act: The animal was poised ready to leap.) poised
    13) (to suppose or think (that something is the case): Do you take me for an idiot?) take
    * * *
    hal·ten
    [ˈhaltn̩]
    1.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    [jdm] jdn/etw \halten to hold sb/sth [for sb]
    du musst das Seil ganz fest \halten you must keep a tight grip on the rope
    hältst du bitte kurz meine Tasche? would you please hold my bag for a moment?
    jdn/etw im Arm \halten to hold sb/sth in one's arms
    jdn an [o bei] der Hand \halten to hold sb's hand [or sb by the hand]
    jdm den Mantel \halten to hold sb's coat [for him/her]
    2.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    jdn \halten to stop sb
    haltet den Dieb! stop the thief!
    es hält dich niemand nobody's stopping you
    wenn sie etwas von Sahnetorte hört, ist sie nicht mehr zu \halten if she hears cream gateau mentioned there's no holding her!
    3.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    jdn \halten to keep sb
    warum bleibst du noch bei dieser Firma, was hält dich noch da? why do you stay with the firm, what's keeping you there?
    mich hält hier nichts [mehr] there's nothing to keep me here [any more]
    4.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (in eine bestimmte Position bringen)
    etw irgendwohin/irgendwie \halten to put sth somewhere/in a certain position
    er hielt die Hand in die Höhe he put his hand up
    die Hand vor den Mund \halten to put one's hand in front of one's mouth
    etw gegen das Licht \halten to hold sth up to the light
    die Hand ins Wasser \halten to put one's hand into the water
    5.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    etw \halten to hold sth
    nur wenige Pfeiler \halten die alte Brücke just a few pillars support the old bridge
    ihre Haare wurden von einer Schleife nach hinten ge\halten her hair was held back by a ribbon
    das Regal wird von zwei Haken ge\halten the shelf is held up by two hooks
    6.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    etw \halten to hold sth
    ich konnte die Tränen nicht \halten I couldn't hold back my tears
    das Ventil konnte den Überdruck nicht mehr \halten the valve could no longer contain the excess pressure
    er konnte das Wasser nicht mehr \halten he couldn't hold his water
    Wärme/Feuchtigkeit \halten to retain heat/moisture
    7.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    einen Ball \halten to stop a ball
    der Tormann konnte den Ball nicht \halten the goalkeeper couldn't stop the ball
    einen Elfmeter \halten to save a penalty
    8.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    sich dat jdn \halten to employ [or have] sb
    sich dat eine Putzfrau \halten to have a woman to come in and clean
    sie hält sich einen Chauffeur she employs a chauffeur; (fig)
    er hält sich eine Geliebte he has a mistress
    9.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    [sich dat] etw \halten to keep sth
    er hält sich ein Privatflugzeug, eine Segeljacht und ein Rennpferd he keeps a private aircraft, a yacht and a racehorse
    ein Auto \halten to run a car
    wir können uns kein Auto \halten we can't afford a car
    Hühner/einen Hund \halten to keep chickens/a dog
    10.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    eine Zeitung \halten to take a paper form
    11.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    jdn irgendwie \halten to treat sb in a certain way
    er hält seine Kinder sehr streng he is very strict with his children
    12.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (beibehalten, aufrechterhalten)
    etw \halten to keep sth
    die Balance [o das Gleichgewicht] \halten to keep one's balance
    Frieden \halten to keep the peace
    die Geschwindigkeit \halten to keep up speed
    mit jdm Kontakt \halten to keep in touch [or contact] with sb
    den Kurs \halten to stay on course
    Ordnung \halten to keep order
    eine Position nicht \halten können to not be able to hold a position
    einen Rekord \halten to hold a record
    Ruhe \halten to keep quiet
    den Takt \halten to keep time
    die Temperatur \halten to maintain the temperature
    den Ton \halten to stay in tune
    zu jdm die Verbindung \halten to keep in touch [or contact] with sb
    diese Behauptung lässt sich nicht \halten this statement is not tenable
    hoffentlich kann ich den Weltrekord noch \halten hopefully I can still hold on to the world record
    13.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    MIL (erfolgreich verteidigen)
    etw \halten to hold sth
    die Verteidiger hielten ihre Stellungen weiterhin the defenders continued to hold their positions
    eine Festung \halten to hold a fortress
    14.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (nicht aufgeben)
    ein Geschäft \halten to keep a business going
    15.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (in einem Zustand erhalten)
    etw irgendwie \halten to keep sth in a certain condition
    die Fußböden hält sie immer peinlich sauber she always keeps the floors scrupulously clean
    den Abstand gleich \halten to keep the distance the same
    jdn in Atem/in Bewegung/bei Laune \halten to keep sb in suspense/on the go/happy
    für jdn das Essen warm \halten to keep sb's meal hot
    die Getränke kalt \halten to keep the drinks chilled
    jdn jung/fit \halten to keep sb young/fit
    16.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    etw in etw dat \halten to do sth in sth
    etw ist in etw dat ge \halten sth is done in sth
    das Haus war innen und außen ganz in Weiß ge\halten the house was completely white inside and out
    das Wohnzimmer ist in Blau ge\halten the living room is decorated in blue
    ihr Schlafzimmer ist in ganz in Kirschbaum ge\halten her bedroom is furnished entirely in cherrywood
    die Rede war sehr allgemein ge\halten the speech was very general
    einen Brief kurz \halten to keep a letter short
    etw schlicht \halten to keep sth simple
    17.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    etw \halten to give sth
    er hielt eine kurze Rede he made a short speech
    Diät \halten to keep to a diet
    einen Gottesdienst \halten to hold a service
    seinen Mittagsschlaf \halten to have an afternoon nap
    eine Rede \halten to give [or make] a speech
    ein Referat \halten to give [or present] a paper
    Selbstgespräche \halten to talk to oneself
    eine Unterrichtsstunde \halten to give a lesson
    Unterricht \halten to teach
    einen Vortrag \halten to give a talk
    seinen Winterschlaf \halten to hibernate
    Zwiesprache \halten mit jdm/etw (geh) to commune with sb form; s.a. Gericht
    18.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (einhalten, erfüllen)
    etw \halten to keep sth
    der Film hält nicht, was der Titel verspricht the film doesn't live up to its title
    man muss \halten, was man verspricht a promise is a promise
    sein Wort/Versprechen \halten to keep one's word/a promise
    19.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    jdn/etw für jdn/etw \halten to take sb/sth for [or to be] sb/sth
    ich habe ihn für seinen Bruder ge\halten I mistook him for his brother
    das halte ich nicht für möglich I don't think that is possible
    wofür \halten Sie mich? what do you take me for?
    jdn für ehrlich/reich \halten to think sb is [or consider sb to be] honest/rich
    20.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (denken über)
    etw von jdm/etw \halten to think sth of sb/sth
    ich halte nichts davon, das zu tun I don't think much of doing that
    er hält nichts vom Beten/Sparen he's not a great one for praying/saving fam
    ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht I think it best/possible/my duty
    nichts/viel/wenig von jdm/etw \halten to think nothing/a lot/not think much of sb/sth
    21.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    etwas/viel auf jdn \halten to think quite a bit/a lot of sb
    wenn man etwas auf sich hält... if you think you're somebody...; s.a. Stück
    22.
    den Mund [o (fam) Schnabel] \halten to keep one's mouth shut, to hold one's tongue
    1. (festhalten) to hold
    kannst du mal einen Moment \halten? can you hold that for a second?
    2.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (haltbar sein) to keep
    wie lange hält der Fisch noch? how much longer will the fish keep?
    die Schuhe sollten noch bis nächstes Jahr \halten these shoes should last till next year
    3.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (dauerhaft sein) to hold
    der das Seil hält nicht mehr länger the rope won't hold much longer
    die Tapete hält nicht the wallpaper won't stay on
    diese Freundschaft hält schon lange this friendship has been lasting long
    die Tür wird jetzt \halten now the door will hold
    das Regal hält nicht an der Wand the shelf keeps falling off the wall
    4.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (stehen bleiben, anhalten) to stop
    \halten Sie bitte an der Ecke! stop at the corner, please
    etw zum H\halten bringen to bring sth to a stop [or standstill]
    ein \haltendes Fahrzeug a stationary vehicle
    5.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    SPORT to make a save
    unser Tormann hat heute wieder großartig ge\halten our goalkeeper made some great saves today
    kann Peters denn gut \halten? is Peters a good goalkeeper?
    6.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    [mit etw dat] auf etw akk \halten to aim at sth [with sth]
    du musst mehr nach rechts \halten you must aim more to the right
    7.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    an sich akk \halten to control oneself
    ich musste an mich \halten, um nicht zu lachen I had to force myself not to laugh
    8.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (Wert legen auf)
    auf etw akk \halten to attach importance to sth
    [sehr] auf Ordnung \halten to attach [a lot of] importance to tidiness
    9.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (jdm beistehen)
    zu jdm \halten to stand [or stick] by sb
    ich werde immer zu dir \halten I will always stand by you
    ich halte zu Manchester United, und du? I support Manchester United, what about you?
    10.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    Sport hält jung sport keeps you young
    Alufolie hält frisch aluminium foil keeps things fresh
    11.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    NAUT (Kurs nehmen)
    auf etw akk halten to head for sth
    halte mehr nach links keep more to the left
    nach Norden \halten to head north
    12.
    halt mal,... hang [or hold] on,...
    halt mal, stopp! (hum) hang [or hold] on a minute!
    du solltest ein bisschen mehr auf dich \halten (auf das Aussehen achten) you should take more [a] pride in yourself; (selbstbewusst sein) you should be more self-confident
    1.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    sich akk an etw dat \halten to hold on to sth
    der Kletterer rutschte aus und konnte sich nicht mehr \halten the climber slipped and lost his grip
    2.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (nicht verderben)
    sich akk \halten Lebensmittel to keep; Blumen a. to last
    im Kühlschrank hält sich Milch gut drei Tage milk keeps for a good three days in the fridge
    3.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    sich akk gut ge \halten haben (fam) to have worn well fam
    für seine 50 Jahre hat er sich gut ge\halten he has worn well for a 50-year-old
    4.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    sich akk gut \halten to do well, to make a good showing
    5.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (nicht verschwinden)
    sich akk \halten to last; Schnee a. to stay; Geruch, Rauch to stay, to hang around
    manchmal kann der Nebel sich bis in die späten Vormittagsstunden \halten sometimes the fog can last until the late morning
    6.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    sich akk an etw akk \halten to stay with sth
    ich halte mich an die alte Methode I'll stick to [or stay with] the old method
    ich halte mich lieber an Mineralwasser I prefer to stay with mineral water
    7.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (irgendwo bleiben)
    sich akk auf den Beinen/im Sattel \halten to stay on one's feet/in the saddle
    8.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (eine Richtung beibehalten)
    sich akk irgendwo/nach... \halten to keep to somewhere/heading towards...
    \halten Sie sich immer in Richtung Stadtmitte keep going towards the centre
    sich akk rechts/links \halten to keep [to the] left/right
    der Autofahrer hielt sich ganz rechts the driver kept to the right
    sich akk nach Süden \halten to keep going southwards
    9.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    sich akk an etw akk \halten to keep [or stick] to sth
    er hält sich immer an die Vorschriften he always sticks to the rules
    der Film hat sich nicht an die Romanvorlage gehalten the film didn't keep [or stick] to the book
    sich akk an die Tatsachen \halten to keep [or stick] to the facts
    sich akk an ein Versprechen \halten to keep a promise
    10.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (sich behaupten)
    sich akk [mit etw dat] \halten to prevail [with sth]
    trotz der hauchdünnen Mehrheit hielt sich die Regierung noch über ein Jahr despite its wafer-thin majority the government lasted [or kept going for] over a year
    11.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    sich akk halten to keep going
    die Firma wird sich nicht \halten können the company won't keep going [for long]
    12.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (eine bestimmte Körperhaltung haben)
    sich akk irgendwie \halten to carry [or hold] oneself in a certain manner
    es ist nicht leicht, sich im Gleichgewicht zu \halten it's not easy to keep one's balance
    sich akk aufrecht/gerade \halten to hold or carry oneself erect/straight
    13.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    sich akk für jdn/etw \halten to think one is sb/sth
    er hält sich für besonders klug/einen Fachmann he thinks he's very clever/a specialist
    14.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    sich akk nicht \halten können not to be able to control oneself
    ich konnte mich nicht \halten vor Lachen bei dem Anblick I couldn't help laughing at this sight
    15.
    sich akk an jdn \halten (sich an jdn wenden) to refer to sb, to ask sb; (jds Nähe suchen) to stick with sb
    1.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    es [mit etw dat] irgendwie \halten to do sth in a certain way
    wir \halten es ähnlich we do things in a similar way
    es mit einer Sache so/anders \halten to handle [or deal with] sth like this/differently
    wie hältst du es in diesem Jahr mit Weihnachten? what are you doing about Christmas this year?
    wie hältst du's mit der Kirche? what's your attitude towards the church?
    das kannst du \halten wie du willst that's completely up to you
    2.
    <hielt, gehalten>
    (Neigung haben für)
    es [mehr [o lieber]] mit jdm/etw halten to prefer sb/sth
    sie hält es mehr mit ihrer Mutter she gets on better with her mother
    er hält es nicht so mit der Sauberkeit he's not a great one for cleanliness
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) (auch Milit.) hold

    sich (Dat.) den Kopf/den Bauch halten — hold one's head/stomach

    jemanden an od. bei der Hand halten — hold somebody's hand; hold somebody by the hand

    etwas ins Licht/gegen das Licht halten — hold something to/up to the light

    2) (Ballspiele) save <shot, penalty, etc.>
    3) (bewahren) keep; (beibehalten, aufrechterhalten) keep up < speed etc.>; maintain <temperature, equilibrium>

    einen Ton halten — stay in tune; (lange anhalten) sustain a note

    Ordnung/Frieden halten — keep order/the peace

    4) (erfüllen) keep

    sein Wort/ein Versprechen halten — keep one's word/a promise

    5) (besitzen, beschäftigen, beziehen) keep <chickens etc.>; take <newspaper, magazine, etc.>

    jemanden für reich/ehrlich halten — think somebody is or consider somebody to be rich/honest

    ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht — I think it best/possible/my duty

    viel/nichts/wenig von jemandem/etwas halten — think a lot/nothing/not think much of somebody/something

    7) (abhalten, veranstalten) give, make < speech>; give, hold < lecture>

    Unterricht halten — give lessons; teach

    seinen Mittagsschlaf haltenhave one's or an afternoon nap

    8) (Halt geben) hold up, support < bridge etc.>; hold back <curtain, hair>; fasten < dress>

    ein Geschäft usw. halten — keep a business etc. going

    12) (behandeln) treat
    13) (vorziehen)

    es mehr od. lieber mit jemandem/etwas halten — prefer somebody/something

    14) (verfahren)

    es mit einer Sache so/anders halten — deal with or handle something like this/differently

    2.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    1) (stehen bleiben) stop

    der Nagel/das Seil hält nicht mehr länger — the nail/rope won't hold much longer

    diese Freundschaft hält nicht [lange] — (fig.) this friendship won't last [long]

    3) (Sport) save

    zu jemandem haltenstand or stick by somebody

    5) (zielen) aim (auf + Akk. at)
    6) (Seemannsspr.) head

    auf etwas (Akk.) halten — head for or towards something

    an sich (Akk.) halten — control oneself

    3.

    das Geschäft wird sich nicht halten können — the shop won't keep going [for long]

    sich gut halten — do well; make a good showing

    3) (unverändert bleiben) <weather, flowers, etc.> last; <milk, meat, etc.> keep

    sich schlecht/gerade/aufrecht halten — hold or carry oneself badly/straight/erect

    sich auf den Beinen/im Sattel halten — stay on one's feet/in the saddle

    sich links/rechts halten — keep [to the] left/right

    sich an jemandes Seite (Dat.) /hinter jemandem halten — stay or keep next to/behind somebody

    sich an etwas (Akk.) halten — keep to or follow something

    9) (ugs.): (jung, gesund bleiben)
    * * *
    halten; hält, hielt, gehalten
    A. v/t
    1. (festhalten) hold;
    bei der Hand halten hold sb’s hand;
    in der Hand/im Arm halten hold in one’s hand/in one’s arms;
    jemandem den Mantel halten (damit er die Hände frei hat) hold sb’s coat; (ihm hineinhelfen) hold sb’s coat, help sb on with their coat;
    sie hielt sich den Bauch (vor Schmerzen) she was holding her stomach (in pain); Daumen
    2. (stützen) hold (up), support;
    das Bild wird von zwei Nägeln gehalten the picture is held up by two nails;
    das Seil hat nicht viel zu halten (wird wenig belastet) there isn’t very much weight on the rope
    3. in einer Lage: hold;
    ans Licht halten hold to the light;
    den Kopf gesenkt halten keep one’s head down; auch hochhalten;
    die Hand ins/unters Wasser halten put one’s hand in the water/hold one’s hand under the tap (US auch faucet);
    sich (dat)
    beim Gähnen die Hand vor den Mund halten put one’s hand in front of one’s mouth when yawning;
    er hielt sich das Buch dicht vors Gesicht he was holding the book right in front of his face
    frisch/warm halten keep fresh/warm;
    besetzt/verschlossen halten keep occupied/locked;
    in Gang halten keep sth going;
    in Ordnung halten keep in order;
    5. (enthalten, fassen) hold, contain;
    das Fass hält 20 Liter the barrel holds 20 litres (US -ers)
    6. (zurückhalten, behalten) keep, hold; (Festung, Stellung, Rekord, Titel) hold; (aufhalten) stop; SPORT (Schuss) hold, stop, save;
    das Haus hält die Wärme gut/schlecht the house retains the heat/lets the heat out;
    das Wasser nicht halten können be incontinent, not be able to hold one’s water ( oder control one’s bladder);
    den Ball in den eigenen Reihen halten hold onto the ball, keep possession (of the ball);
    er war nicht zu halten there was no stopping ( oder holding) him, you couldn’t hold him back;
    was hält mich hier noch? what is there to keep me here?;
    haltet den Dieb! stop thief!; Klappe, Mund etc
    7. (Geschwindigkeit, Kurs, Niveau, Preise etc) hold, maintain; (Richtung) continue in, keep going in; MUS (Ton) lange: hold; (nicht abweichen) keep to;
    Ordnung halten keep order;
    Kontakt halten keep in contact (
    zu with);
    haltet jetzt bitte Ruhe/Frieden umg keep quiet now, please/no more arguing, please;
    diese Theorie lässt sich nicht halten this theory is untenable
    8. (Versprechen, sein Wort etc) keep;
    was ich verspreche, halte ich auch my word is my bond;
    das Buch hält (nicht), was es verspricht the book doesn’t live up to its promises
    9. (
    sich [dat]) jemanden/etwas
    halten (Haustiere, Personal, Wagen) keep; (Zeitung) take;
    sie hält sich einen Chauffeur/Liebhaber she keeps a chauffeur/lover
    10. (behandeln) (Person, Tier, Pflanze, Sache) treat;
    die Kinder knapp/streng halten not give the children much money/be strict with the children
    11. (Sitzung, Versammlung etc) hold; (Hochzeit, Messe) auch celebrate; (Mahlzeit, Schläfchen etc) have, take; (Rede, Vortrag etc) give;
    12.
    halten für consider (to be), think sb/sth is; irrtümlich: (mis)take for;
    sie hält ihn für den Besitzer meist she thinks he’s the owner;
    ich halte es für richtig, dass er absagt I think he’s right to refuse, I think it’s right that he should refuse;
    tu, was du für richtig hältst do what you think is right;
    ich hielte es für gut, wenn wir gingen I think we should go, I think it would be a good idea if we went;
    für wie alt hältst du ihn? how old do ( oder would) you think he is?;
    wofür halten Sie mich/sich (eigentlich)? who do you think I am/you are?
    13.
    halten von think of;
    viel/wenig halten von think highly ( stärker: the world)/not think much of;
    was hältst du von …? what do you think of …?; auffordernd: how about …?;
    was hältst du davon? what do you think (of it)?;
    ich halte nicht viel davon I don’t think much of it; von Idee, Gemälde etc: auch I’m not keen on it;
    er hält eine ganze Menge von dir umg he thinks you’re great, he holds you in high estimation;
    sie hält nichts vom Sparen she doesn’t believe in saving
    14. unpers:
    wie hältst du es mit …? what do you usually do about …?; (was denkst du über …?) what do you think of ( oder about) …?;
    so haben wir es immer gehalten we’ve always done it that way;
    das kannst du halten, wie du willst please (besonders US suit) yourself;
    ich halte es mit meinem Lehrer, der immer sagte … I go by what my teacher always used to say …; gehalten
    B. v/i
    1. (fest sein) Knoten, Schnur, Schraube etc: hold; Eis: be (frozen) solid enough to walk on; Brücke: stand the weight of sth/sb; (kleben bleiben) stick
    2. (Bestand haben) last; Lebensmittel etc: keep; Wetter: hold
    3. (haltmachen) stop; Fahrzeug: auch draw up, pull up;
    der Zug hält hier zehn Minuten the train stops here for ten minutes;
    hält der Bus am Schlossplatz? does the bus stop at the Schlossplatz?;
    er ließ halten he called a halt; halt A
    4. SPORT, Torwart etc: save;
    sie hält gut she’s good in goal, she’s a good goalkeeper
    das hält gesund/jung! it keeps you healthy/young
    6. Richtung, mit Waffe: aim (
    auf +akk at); Schiff etc: head (
    nach for;
    nach Norden etc north etc)
    7.
    an sich (akk)
    halten control o.s.;
    ich musste an mich halten, um nicht zu (+inf) it took great self-control not to (+inf), I could hardly stop ( oder keep) myself (from) (+ger)
    8.
    zu jemandem halten stand by sb; Partei nehmend: side with sb
    C. v/t & v/i
    1.
    (viel/wenig) halten auf (+akk) (achten auf) pay (a lot of/little) attention to; (Wert legen auf) set (great/little) store by;
    wir halten nicht sehr auf Formen we don’t stand on ceremony
    2.
    etwas/viel auf sich (akk)
    halten take pride/a lot of pride in o.s.; äußerlich: be particular/very particular about one’s appearance; gesundheitlich: look after/take great care of one’s health;
    jeder/kein Handwerker, der (etwas) auf sich hält any/no self-respecting craftsman
    D. v/r
    1. Lebensmittel etc: keep; Schuhe etc: last; Wetter: hold; Preis, Kurs etc: hold; Geschäft, Mode, Restaurant etc: last;
    sich gut halten Lebensmittel etc: keep well;
    sie hat sich gut gehalten (ist wenig gealtert) she looks good for her age, she’s well preserved
    2. (bleiben) fit, warm etc: keep, stay;
    sich in Form halten keep in form; körperlich: auch keep fit;
    sich bereit halten be ready; Truppen etc: be on standby;
    versteckt halten remain hidden ( oder in hiding)
    3. (standhalten) hold out;
    wacker halten hold one’s own (
    gegen against), do well;
    sich halten als maintain one’s position as;
    4.
    sich halten an (+akk) keep to, stick to; an Vorschriften etc: comply with;
    sich an das Gesetz halten comply with ( oder abide by) the law;
    der Film hält sich eng an die Vorlage the film keeps very close to the original; möchten Sie einen Sherry? - nein,
    ich halte mich lieber an alkoholfreie Getränke I’d rather stick to ( oder with) something non-alcoholic;
    heute werde ich mich mal an den Tee halten I’m going to stick to tea today
    5. Haltung, Lage, Richtung:
    sich links/rechts halten keep to the left/right;
    sich südlich halten keep on south, keep going in a southerly direction;
    aufrecht halten hold o.s. very straight ( oder erect);
    sich oft abseits halten often keep (o.s.) to o.s.;
    halt dich immer dicht hinter mir keep very close behind me
    kaum mehr halten können not be able to contain o.s.;
    kaum mehr halten können vor Freude/Zorn etc be so happy/angry etc that one can no longer contain o.s.;
    sich (vor Lachen) nicht mehr halten können umg not be able to keep a straight face, not be able to stop o.s. ( oder keep from) laughing
    7.
    sich halten für think o.s. sth, consider ( oder hold geh) o.s. to be sth.;
    sie hält sich mal wieder für besonders schlau she thinks she’s been terribly clever again; auch A 12, bereithalten
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) (auch Milit.) hold

    sich (Dat.) den Kopf/den Bauch halten — hold one's head/stomach

    jemanden an od. bei der Hand halten — hold somebody's hand; hold somebody by the hand

    etwas ins Licht/gegen das Licht halten — hold something to/up to the light

    2) (Ballspiele) save <shot, penalty, etc.>
    3) (bewahren) keep; (beibehalten, aufrechterhalten) keep up <speed etc.>; maintain <temperature, equilibrium>

    einen Ton halten — stay in tune; (lange anhalten) sustain a note

    Ordnung/Frieden halten — keep order/the peace

    4) (erfüllen) keep

    sein Wort/ein Versprechen halten — keep one's word/a promise

    5) (besitzen, beschäftigen, beziehen) keep <chickens etc.>; take <newspaper, magazine, etc.>

    jemanden für reich/ehrlich halten — think somebody is or consider somebody to be rich/honest

    ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht — I think it best/possible/my duty

    viel/nichts/wenig von jemandem/etwas halten — think a lot/nothing/not think much of somebody/something

    7) (abhalten, veranstalten) give, make < speech>; give, hold < lecture>

    Unterricht halten — give lessons; teach

    seinen Mittagsschlaf haltenhave one's or an afternoon nap

    8) (Halt geben) hold up, support <bridge etc.>; hold back <curtain, hair>; fasten < dress>

    ein Geschäft usw. halten — keep a business etc. going

    12) (behandeln) treat

    es mehr od. lieber mit jemandem/etwas halten — prefer somebody/something

    es mit einer Sache so/anders halten — deal with or handle something like this/differently

    2.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    2) (unverändert, an seinem Platz bleiben) last

    der Nagel/das Seil hält nicht mehr länger — the nail/rope won't hold much longer

    diese Freundschaft hält nicht [lange] — (fig.) this friendship won't last [long]

    3) (Sport) save

    zu jemandem haltenstand or stick by somebody

    5) (zielen) aim (auf + Akk. at)
    6) (Seemannsspr.) head

    auf etwas (Akk.) halten — head for or towards something

    an sich (Akk.) halten — control oneself

    3.
    1) (sich durchsetzen, behaupten)

    das Geschäft wird sich nicht halten können — the shop won't keep going [for long]

    sich gut halten — do well; make a good showing

    3) (unverändert bleiben) <weather, flowers, etc.> last; <milk, meat, etc.> keep

    sich schlecht/gerade/aufrecht halten — hold or carry oneself badly/straight/erect

    sich auf den Beinen/im Sattel halten — stay on one's feet/in the saddle

    6) (gehen, bleiben)

    sich links/rechts halten — keep [to the] left/right

    sich an jemandes Seite (Dat.) /hinter jemandem halten — stay or keep next to/behind somebody

    sich an etwas (Akk.) halten — keep to or follow something

    9) (ugs.): (jung, gesund bleiben)
    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: hielt, gehalten)
    = to bear v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: bore, borne)
    to clamp v.
    to halt v.
    to hold v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: held)
    to keep v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: kept)
    to retain v.
    to uphold v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: upheld)

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > halten

  • 19 extreme

    ik'stri:m
    1. adjective
    1) (very great, especially much more than usual: extreme pleasure; He is in extreme pain.) extremo
    2) (very far or furthest in any direction, especially out from the centre: the extreme south-western tip of England; Politically, he belongs to the extreme left.)
    3) (very violent or strong; not ordinary or usual: He holds extreme views on education.) extremo

    2. noun
    1) (something as far, or as different, as possible from something else: the extremes of sadness and joy.) extremo
    2) (the greatest degree of any state, especially if unpleasant: The extremes of heat in the desert make life uncomfortable.) extremo
    - extremism
    - extremist
    - extremity
    - in the extreme
    - to extremes

    extreme adj
    1. extremo / intenso / sumo
    2. más
    tr[ɪk'striːm]
    1 (furthest, very great) extremo,-a
    2 (not moderate) extremo,-a, radical
    3 (severe, unusual) excepcional
    1 extremo
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    in the extreme en sumo grado, en extremo
    to go to extremes llegar a extremos
    to go from one extreme to the other pasar de un extremo a otro
    to take something to extremes ser extremado,-a en algo
    extreme [ɪk'stri:m, ɛk-] adj
    1) utmost: extremo, sumo
    of extreme importance: de suma importancia
    2) intense: intenso, extremado
    extreme cold: frío extremado
    3) excessive: excesivo, extremo
    extreme views: opiniones extremas
    extreme measures: medidas excepcionales, medidas drásticas
    4) outermost: extremo
    the extreme north: el norte extremo
    1) : extremo m
    2)
    in the extreme : en extremo, en sumo grado
    adj.
    descompasado, -a adj.
    exaltado, -a adj.
    excepcional adj.
    extremado, -a adj.
    extremo, -a adj.
    extremoso, -a adj.
    sumo, -a adj.
    n.
    extremidad s.f.
    extremo s.m.

    I ɪk'striːm
    a) ( very great) <poverty/caution/urgency> extremo; <annoyance/relief> enorme; < heat> extremado, intensísimo
    b) ( not moderate) <action/measure> extremo, extremado; < opinion> extremista

    the extreme left/right — ( Pol) la extrema izquierda/derecha

    c) ( outermost) (before n)

    in the extreme north/south — en la zona más septentrional/meridional


    II
    noun extremo m

    to go from one extreme to the other — ir* de un extremo al or a otro

    [ɪks'triːm]
    1. ADJ
    1) (=very great) [heat, danger, poverty, discomfort] extremo; [care, caution] sumo, extremo; [sorrow, anger] profundo, enorme

    a matter of extreme importanceuna cuestión de suma importancia

    in extreme old ageen or a una edad muy avanzada

    2) (=exceptional) [case, circumstances] extremo
    3) (=radical) [views, opinion] extremista; [behaviour] extremado; [method, action, measure] extremo

    the extreme left/right — (Pol) la extrema izquierda/derecha

    4) (=furthest) [point,] extremo
    2.

    to be driven to extremes — verse obligado a tomar medidas extremas

    to go to extremes — tomar medidas extremas

    to take or carry sth to extremes — llevar algo al extremo

    in the extreme — frm en extremo, en sumo grado

    3.
    CPD

    extreme sports NPLdeportes mpl de aventura, deportes mpl extremos

    extreme unction N — (Rel) extremaunción f

    * * *

    I [ɪk'striːm]
    a) ( very great) <poverty/caution/urgency> extremo; <annoyance/relief> enorme; < heat> extremado, intensísimo
    b) ( not moderate) <action/measure> extremo, extremado; < opinion> extremista

    the extreme left/right — ( Pol) la extrema izquierda/derecha

    c) ( outermost) (before n)

    in the extreme north/south — en la zona más septentrional/meridional


    II
    noun extremo m

    to go from one extreme to the other — ir* de un extremo al or a otro

    English-spanish dictionary > extreme

  • 20 extreme

    1. adjective
    1) (outermost, utmost) äußerst... [Spitze, Rand, Ende]; extrem, krass [Gegensätze]

    at the extreme edge/left — ganz am Rand/ganz links

    in the extreme Northim äußersten Norden

    2) (reaching high degree) extrem; gewaltig [Entfernung, Unterschied]; höchst... [Gefahr]; äußerst... [Notfall, Höflichkeit, Bescheidenheit]; stärkst... [Schmerzen]; heftigst... [Zorn]; tiefst... [Hass, Dankbarkeit]; größt... [Wichtigkeit]
    3) (not moderate) extrem [Person, Ideen, Kritik]
    4) (severe) drastisch [Maßnahme]
    2. noun
    Extrem, das; [krasser] Gegensatz

    go to the other extremeins andere Extrem verfallen

    go from one extreme to anothervon od. aus einem Extrem ins andere fallen

    ... in the extreme — äußerst...; see also academic.ru/11106/carry">carry 1. 7)

    * * *
    [ik'stri:m] 1. adjective
    1) (very great, especially much more than usual: extreme pleasure; He is in extreme pain.) äußerst
    2) (very far or furthest in any direction, especially out from the centre: the extreme south-western tip of England; Politically, he belongs to the extreme left.) äußerst
    3) (very violent or strong; not ordinary or usual: He holds extreme views on education.) extrem
    2. noun
    1) (something as far, or as different, as possible from something else: the extremes of sadness and joy.) das Extrem
    2) (the greatest degree of any state, especially if unpleasant: The extremes of heat in the desert make life uncomfortable.) das Übermaß
    - extremely
    - extremism
    - extremist
    - extremity
    - in the extreme
    - to extremes
    * * *
    ex·treme
    [ɪkˈstri:m]
    I. adj
    1. (utmost) äußerste(r, s)
    \extreme caution äußerste [o größte] Vorsicht
    \extreme cold/heat extreme Kälte/Hitze
    \extreme difficulties extreme [o ungeheure] Schwierigkeiten
    to feel \extreme discomfort sich akk höchst [o äußerst] unbehaglich fühlen
    \extreme distress größte Not
    to feel \extreme pain extreme Schmerzen haben
    with \extreme pleasure mit größtem Vergnügen
    \extreme relief außerordentliche Erleichterung
    \extreme value MATH, TECH Extremwert m, Grenzwert m
    \extreme weather extreme Wetterverhältnisse
    in his \extreme youth in seiner frühesten Jugend
    2. (most remote) äußerste(r, s)
    in the \extreme north im äußersten Norden
    3. (radical) radikal, extrem
    to be \extreme in one's views radikale [o extreme] Ansichten vertreten
    II. n
    1. (furthest end) of a field äußerstes Ende
    2. ( fig: furthest extent) Extrem nt
    to go from one \extreme to the other von einem Extrem ins andere fallen
    to drive sb to \extremes jdn zum Äußersten treiben
    at the \extreme im äußersten Fall, im Extremfall
    in the \extreme äußerst
    to be disappointed in the \extreme zutiefst enttäuscht sein
    to be surprised in the \extreme aufs Höchste überrascht sein
    * * *
    [ɪk'striːm]
    1. adj
    1) caution, courage, pleasure, kindness, simplicity äußerste(r, s); discomfort, sensitivity, concern, joy, danger größte(r, s); example, conditions, behaviour, temperatures extrem; (POL) right, left, views extrem; measures, method drastisch; difficulty, pressure ungeheuer; rudeness maßlos; poverty bitterste(r, s)

    of extreme importance/urgency — äußerst wichtig/dringend

    the weather was pretty extreme —

    the extreme unction (Rel)die Letzte Ölung

    2) (= furthest) end, tip, edge, north, south äußerste(r, s)
    2. n
    Extrem nt

    the extremes of happiness and despair —

    in the extreme —

    it is bewildering in the extremees ist höchst or im höchsten Grade verwirrend

    I wouldn't go to that extremeso weit würde ich nicht gehen

    to take or carry sth to extremesetw bis zum Extrem treiben

    * * *
    extreme [ıkˈstriːm]
    A adj (adv extremely)
    1. äußerst(er, e, es), weitest(er, e, es), End…, auch TECH extrem:
    extreme border äußerster Rand;
    extreme value Extremwert m
    2. letzt(er, e, es): unction 3 c
    3. äußerst(er, e, es), höchst(er, e, es) (Gefahr etc):
    a) Höchststrafe f,
    b) Todesstrafe f;
    extreme old age hohes Greisenalter;
    extreme climber Extremkletterer m, -kletterin f;
    extreme climbing Extremklettern n
    4. außergewöhnlich, hochgradig, übertrieben, Not…:
    a) äußerster Notfall,
    b) besonders schwerwiegender Fall
    5. auch POL extrem, radikal:
    extreme measure drastische oder radikale Maßnahme;
    take extreme action ( oder measures) zum Äußersten greifen;
    extreme Left POL äußerste Linke
    6. dringend(st):
    extreme necessity zwingende Notwendigkeit
    7. MUS übermäßig (Intervall)
    B s
    1. äußerstes Ende, äußerste Grenze
    2. (das) Äußerste, höchster Grad, Extrem n
    3. Übermaß n, Übertreibung f
    4. Gegensatz m
    5. MATH
    a) die größte oder kleinste Größe
    b) Außenglied n (einer Gleichung etc):
    the extremes and the means die äußeren und inneren Glieder einer Proportion
    6. PHIL äußerstes Glied (eines logischen Schlusses)Besondere Redewendungen: at the other extreme am entgegengesetzten Ende;
    in the extreme, to an extreme übermäßig, äußerst, aufs Äußerste, höchst, extrem;
    difficult in the extreme äußerst schwierig;
    carry sth to an extreme etwas zu weit treiben;
    be driven to extremes zum Äußersten getrieben werden;
    fly to the opposite extreme in das entgegengesetzte Extrem verfallen;
    go to extremes vor nichts zurückschrecken, go from one extreme to the other aus oder von einem Extrem ins andere fallen;
    extremes meet die Extreme berühren sich; rush1 A 1
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (outermost, utmost) äußerst... [Spitze, Rand, Ende]; extrem, krass [Gegensätze]

    at the extreme edge/left — ganz am Rand/ganz links

    2) (reaching high degree) extrem; gewaltig [Entfernung, Unterschied]; höchst... [Gefahr]; äußerst... [Notfall, Höflichkeit, Bescheidenheit]; stärkst... [Schmerzen]; heftigst... [Zorn]; tiefst... [Hass, Dankbarkeit]; größt... [Wichtigkeit]
    3) (not moderate) extrem [Person, Ideen, Kritik]
    4) (severe) drastisch [Maßnahme]
    2. noun
    Extrem, das; [krasser] Gegensatz

    go from one extreme to anothervon od. aus einem Extrem ins andere fallen

    ... in the extreme — äußerst...; see also carry 1. 7)

    * * *
    adj.
    außergewöhnlich adj.
    extrem adj.
    höchst adj.
    äußerst adj.

    English-german dictionary > extreme

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Old North — (or Old North Columbus as it is presently called) as a general term is commonly referenced as the area north of Woodruff Avenue to Slate Run/Parkview Drive, both east to the Conrail Railroad tracks and west to the Olentangy River Road in the… …   Wikipedia

  • The Old North State (song) — The Old North State is the official state song of the U.S. state of North Carolina. Written by William Gaston and composed by Mrs. E.E. Randolph, it was adopted as the state song by the North Carolina General Assembly in 1927.1Lyrics: Carolina!… …   Wikipedia

  • Old North Church — U.S. National Register of Historic Places U.S. National Historic Landmark …   Wikipedia

  • Old North St. Louis — Neighborhoods of St. Louis, Missouri Terraced Houses in Old North St. Louis. Government Country United States State Missouri …   Wikipedia

  • Old North State Council — The Old North State Council (ONSC) is a local council of the Boy Scouts of America that serves the western Piedmont Triad region of North Carolina. The council is headquartered at the Royce Reynolds Family Scout Office in Greensboro, North… …   Wikipedia

  • The Short North — is a neighborhood in Columbus, Ohio, United States, centered on the main strip of High Street immediately north of downtown and extending until just south of the Ohio State University campus area. It is an easy walk from the convention center or… …   Wikipedia

  • Old North Bridge — Reconstruction of the 1760s version of North Bridge. The North Bridge, often colloquially called the Old North Bridge,[1] across the Concord River in Concord, Massachusetts, is a historical site in the …   Wikipedia

  • The Old Manse — Old Manse U.S. National Register of Historic Places U.S. National Historic Landmark …   Wikipedia

  • Old North Dayton, Dayton, Ohio — Located northeast of downtown Dayton, Old North Dayton sits between the Great Miami and Mad rivers. Its main routes are Troy, Brandt, Valley, Stanley, Leo and Chapel Streets. German immigrants were the first to settle in the neighborhood, then… …   Wikipedia

  • Old North — may refer to: Hen Ogledd, the Welsh speaking areas of northern England and southern Scotland in the Early Middle Ages Viking Age Scandinavia Old North Church, also known as Christ Church (est.1723), Salem Street, Boston, Massachusetts Second… …   Wikipedia

  • The Old Bull and Bush — is a Grade II listed public house near Hampstead Heath in London which gave its name to the music hall song Down at the old Bull and Bush sung by Florrie Forde. The interior was renovated to a modern style with an openly visible kitchen and… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»